2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse

By Zombie Hunter Sam
Nov
26
2007

“I’ll give you the 2012 thing”, she said, “but a zombie apocalypse? Come on, you don’t really believe that do you?”

The 2012 thing – if you’re reading this article, chances are you’re already familiar with it. The 2012 thing refers to the conveniently predicted end-of-the-world or great change coming December 21st, 2012. Many apocalypse theories are vague and dark, leaving many details rough, ambiguous and open to interpretation. The 2012 eschaton comes from several cultures and gives us a very certain date to prepare not necessarily for the end of existence or the world, but “the end of the world as we know it” – TEOTWAWKI.

The date of 12/21/12 is derived from the end of a 5,125 year cycle for the Mesoamerican Long Count calendar, most notably used by the Maya civilization. The calendar completes its 13th cycle from its starting point. Correlating the Mayan date to our Gregorian calendar yields several different dates ranging from the 21st through the 23rd, but the 21st seems likely, as it coincides with the winter solstice, and though astrology has little to do with our daily affairs, astronomically the Earth is said to be aligned facing the center of the Milky Way behind the Sun on the 21st. This interesting termination of the calendar in our immediate lifetimes is what brings many to reckon the date will bring about great global change or cataclysm.

The Sign IIProphecies aside, how does 2012 relate to a zombie apocalypse? Certainly our world could be forever changed on this date by an unnoticed eschatological asteroid, disease or terrible quaking of the earth. The walking dead? Also plausible. Current scientific research into disease, reanimation and cellular re-genesis is progressing as rapidly as other scientific disciplines. Particularly terrifying is the reanimation of the 1918 Spanish influenza virus, responsible for a pandemic that killed an estimated 20 million people. Scientists have gathered important new clues to why the virus spread quickly and killed efficiently (though its use as a bio-weapon has not been confirmed). The viral resurrection is brought about for research and a vaccine against itself – which of course has already been eradicated – and the virus is being harvested from corpses, notably the body of a woman buried in the Alaskan permafrost. Unchecked adaptive and opportunistic pathogens claim a definite component of our eschaton, and an escaped weaponized version will most certainly wreak havoc against an unprepared and innocent populace. There’s no guarantee the new vaccine will work well on humans, a problem because nobody born after 1930 is immune to the 1918 strain.

The Sign IIIThe physical walking dead demand a certain suspense of disbelief of course. Assuming a plausible 20% of the worlds population has been infected by a terminal pathogen, our fragile infrastructure and socioeconomic systems will begin to break down as well. Weakened immune systems will render humans more susceptible to the likes of Trypanosoma brucei, a parasite that carries nightmarish qualities, reducing many of its victims to a zombie-like state before they slip into a coma and die. Toxoplasma gondii can alter brain functions in rats, leading them to the jaws of cats – and in humans can change brain patterns to induce neuroses, paranoia and schizophrenia. Left with a rotting brain and primitive fight-or-flight instincts, an entire populace can be reduced to weakened lumbering shadows of humans, stumbling around for food. Not actually dead or undead, these stupefied humans will be harbingers of disease, parasites, bacteria and infectious rot, whose saliva and blood will be rich with zombifying toxins.

Disease ridden walking corpses are one thing. Reanimating brain-dead humans has been discussed before and is a very real possibility. Restoring a human from a cryogenic stasis and reanimating their dying brain tissue yields the possibility that a human may not be the same as they were when they expired. This leaves much speculation as to a reanimated form of a human being, but combined with the virii and diseases mentioned above – you get the idea.

Five years is a fine timeframe for viruses to be developed and mutate as well as science achieving groundbreaking results in reanimation. “Where will I be in five years?” Loading shotguns and pistols seems like a nice course of action, but they’re more for your protection against opportunistic looters, crazies and deranged survivors rather than walking corpses. In five years I will be watching the news with cautious eyes – and stocking up like I would for any emergency.

Guns and beer.

Share Button

Filed Under: 2012 · Books · Brains · Reanimation · Science · Sickness · Undead

574 million infected

  • 1 Sam Nov 30, 2007 at 9:21 pm

    Well, I’m receiving several dozen hits from assorted 2012 sites! I’d love to hear what you readers have to say about this.

  • 2 Darius Feb 6, 2008 at 11:30 am

    So will these “ZOMBIES” actually going to be flesheaters that actually wants to feed on us?

  • 3 Sam Feb 7, 2008 at 3:27 pm

    My research indicates no, they will not be flesh eaters, but perhaps live humans stricken with a horrible, mutagenic virus or nasty strain of rabies.

    For more information, check out my post about different types of zombies, and their probability of existence.

    http://www.undeadreport.com/2008/01/a-statistical-analysis-of-real-life-zombies/

  • 4 joseph Feb 20, 2008 at 3:38 pm

    The funny thing is I keep having re occouring nightmares of zombies. Never have I had these type of dreams my birthdate is 12.21.75. So I figured why not look up 2012 zombies and here I am. I plan on living in the country within 4 years and getting out of the city….

  • 5 Andrew Feb 21, 2008 at 12:02 am

    Same here, Joseph. I too have been constantly dreaming of the undead, but only because my friends and I have been dwelling on the thought for so long. I’ve done my share of homework, and judging by what this article reads, I’d say it’s extremely close if not entirely IDENTICAL to my own perception of 2012 and the zombie pandemic.

    Sam, I have to say, you have an absolutely astonishing website here. Please contact me whenever you can via the e-mail I provided, or through my website, it’d be great to exchange theories, form conjoined speculations and what not.

  • 6 Sam Feb 22, 2008 at 3:31 pm

    Wow, several people have now told me about their end of the world zombie dreams, myself included. A girl from Maine wrote to tell me about hers – and how they seem like fighting practice.

    A friend notes that you can tell the current weltgeist by what kind of horror genres are popular. In the 1950s, it was giant monsters, radiation and xenophobia. In the 60s it was the commies and invader movies. Vampires in the 80′s, like blood sucking corporate America. Zombie movies are extremely popular now – the idea that humanity has become mindless drones and slaves, unable of thought seeking only to annihilate each other. George Romero is spot on with his biting social commentary.

    2012 zombie apocalypse seekers bring about a third of my traffic here – it would seem I’ve stumbled upon something quite interesting.

  • 7 Zane Feb 23, 2008 at 9:40 pm

    I believe 28 Days/Weeks Later movie to be a more realistic look of what could be a would be Zombie Scenario.

    Being a virus more a less that causes people to go crazy and turn on others, much like what would be like rabies meets mad cow disease, being when bitten or having there blood infect you causing you to come down with the same symptoms as them.

    As for calling this zombies or the undead is up to interpretation, but I have a saying for that, if it walks like a zombie, comes after me wanting to kill me like a zombie, and infects other people like a zombie, then to me it’s a zombie.

    After all there are different types of zombies, but I do believe the idea of the walking dead or at most something that gives the illusion of being undead is at most possible or at least worth looking into.

    Being like a person who’s brain dead, but still has the functions of the rest of there body, something crazy like that.

    All in all 2012 be zombies or whatever might be a crazy year for us all, “no Christmas for me that year o.o” or nothing might happen, but to be honest I think people are expecting something to happen, but if it’s going to be zombies at least it’ll be something interesting, after all shooting zombies and all that seems much better then meteor crashing down on your house, or something like from that movie Day After Tomorrow, but then again that’s just me I guess, but only have a few years to go.

    Btw what are the odds something like I Am Legend could happen, I can’t say the creatures to be zombie or not, but does that seem more possible then zombies?

  • 8 Melissa Freake Mar 12, 2008 at 2:12 pm

    This is amazing what was it yesterday a friend told me about 2012 so i go online did some quick research just to see what the fuss was about then i talk about this matter with my sig. other then i go to bed later that night with happy thoughts about what our imediate life hold for us and bam i dream about love and this intense sence like movie where i’m with somone in a sexual sence to then from there being on a subway with a dead like feeling of noone around to then being pursued by zombies i dunno what this is but then come online to seek what i can about the subject of 2012 to find this sight and find myself dumbfounded huh weird or what but lets hope i we don’t become the hunted !

  • 9 Sam Mar 18, 2008 at 12:13 am

    Zane, yes I do think a “28 days” scenario is highly likely, and yes, if it walks and groans like a zombie, well… You get the idea. As for I am legend – the disease kind fo turns people into vampires or feral creatures – and mutates them into some horrible huge mouthed thing. A disease or rabies simply won’t grant superhuman powers, but it could alter an infected persons normal state, inducing permanent aggression and perhaps adrenaline increased motor skills – in this case, a heart shot will still work.

    Thanks for sharing Melissa, zombies are penetrating or eating some of our dreams. I hope you find some answers here.

  • 10 Nate Mar 18, 2008 at 2:08 am

    I just woke up from a dream about this very thing. It’s the 3rd one I’ve had in the last year and I rarely remember dreams. The funny thing about these dreams is how these seem so real. And I feel the same as what Sam said in his comments. My B-day is 10/03/1975 dont know why you mentioned yours but maybe there’s a correlation. My first two dreams I was running from zombies and very scared was the prevailing “feeling”. My last one (today) I seemed to be searching for them and I did have a handgun, but I was not as scared. I felt “experienced” in this one. In every dream though it was clear there was not too many people left on earth. Just thought I’d share that I’m a christian and have never experienced these kinds of things before. I’ve never even believed in this sort of thing happening. In my entire life I’ve seen 3 movies dealing with zombies and 1 video game called silent hill. Just odd to me that others are having similar experiences and it compelled me to write.

  • 11 Nate Mar 18, 2008 at 2:10 am

    oops i meant Josephs experience related to mine in the comment above

  • 12 Cam Apr 7, 2008 at 3:26 am

    this may seem weird but my b-day is 10/05/95 and the ppl who had dreams birthdays all ended in 5s my dream was i was 17 and leaving country to Canada and i camet across a deserted town and searched the place and it seemed like nates dream i was not scared but very calm (this part may seem weird) i had a samurai sword and a 45 mag handgun. i went into the towns wal*mart and i thought this would be a good base and after that i went searching for any other survivors and i found my best friend and i didnt know he was bittin and i took him to my base and when i was sleeping he bit me and i shot him in the head after that. i shuffled around the store and tried taking alot of medicens and my lungs wouldn’t work right and passed out

  • 13 Cam Apr 16, 2008 at 3:46 am

    maybe are dreams are premonitions

  • 14 Future zombie slayer Apr 17, 2008 at 11:45 am

    I had this dream once i was in the army and 1000 zombies came and we had to defend some random town.

  • 15 Mandy Apr 20, 2008 at 5:48 am

    hmmm… I always have weird zombie dreams, in one I was at my school but it seemed to look different, and I was trying to smash zombies with my electric guitar… my aim wasn’t so good though. In all my dreams its really sad, I try really hard to save people like my parents but no one listens and then I wake up…I never see the zombies but I know they’re there.

    eMail me, mandy_rules_you@hotmail.com

    My b-day is 8.11.93 umm does that mean anything? I feel safe because I think I will go to my school during an attack, just close all the gates as well as the inner ones and go upstairs (its an outdoor school, I live in a rough city so its like a prison) destroy the stairs, and settle in….

    check out this site, very good for surviving: http://www.survivormall.com/ I’m going ot buy food, emergency kits, gas masks, chemical suits, portable shower, potty, cameras, etc and I’ll be set!

  • 16 Rambo Apr 27, 2008 at 8:41 am

    I’ve had plenty of very similar dreams to everyone here who’s mentioned thier own, so i can relate to you. Idk what you guys plan on doing, but me and my friends have a plan. We’ve already practiced building shelters in the woods around where we live[lansingburgh, N.Y.]. and, about a week before the dec. 21st, 2012, me, my friends, and people who we care about[hopefully all are willing to go], are going to get as much food and water as possible. Along with weapons and first aid. then we’re going into the heart of the Adirondack woods to create our own large campsite. And obviously we’ll set up come sort of perimeter, and hopefully find long-lasting[hopefully permanent] water and food sources. Remember, population in the forest will be extremely lower than city or even rural areas. I plan on surviving anything that comes our way. And idk what you guys think, but this plan certainly seems like a good one to me. Plus i know where the majority of things are in the Adirondacks, bc i grew up there. So, i’ll be there when the day finally comes. However, this will be a world-wide emergency. And, typically in mommoth sized problems, theres mammoth sized panics. And a panic can turn a plan you once had into something that just totally screwed up. So, even though it just simply won’t happen, the best thing possible would be for everyone to remain calm and just do what they had previously planned. But like I said, plans fail. So make your plan as close to failure proof as possible. Feel free to comment me, ask me questions, or even give advice. My aim sn is xDeathDealerSx IM me whenever.

  • 17 Paul May 4, 2008 at 10:34 am

    Well, I’m pretty freaked out by the whole idea. It really scares me, terrifies me.
    First I had read about 2012, and it being about some large polar shift that will cause worldwide disasters. (Hurricanes, tornadoes, typhoons, earthquakes and the like.) And also about that causing technology to pretty much go ‘kaput’.
    Now, I’m hearing about all of this zombie business. This scares me a lot more, though I think I would be better off trying to fend off ‘zombies’ than trying to keep my balance in an earthquake or anything of the sort. =P

    Anyways…the whole thing terrifies me, and I don’t know what to think..

  • 18 Nick May 7, 2008 at 1:17 am

    awesome article

  • 19 LOL May 9, 2008 at 5:04 am

    What a crock of shit…you guys sound ridiculous.

  • 20 Paul May 12, 2008 at 4:09 am

    Not as ridiculous as the guy coming here just to poke fun. =P
    Seriously, why bother?

  • 21 2012 May 12, 2008 at 2:41 pm

    THIS IS STUIPED SHIT, ALL YOU ARE DOING IS FEEDING AMERICA WITH RIDICULOUS LIES(JUST LIKE DR.PHIL.) THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS A DAMN ZOMBIE AND IF THERE IS LET IT COME DOWN HERE IN THE WOODS OF KENTUCKY AND SEE WHAT THE HILLBILLYS DOWN HERE DO. WE WILL BLOW THAM DAMN THINGS AWAY LIKE WE ARE THE IRAQIANS.

  • 22 Sam May 13, 2008 at 4:48 am

    I’m not sure what to say to that last comment… But thanks anyway. I’m feeding no lies, just presenting information, research and ideas. You do what you want with that, if you choose to ignore it, so be it. Personally, I’d be more afraid of the hillbilly Kentuckians not being able to distinguish between kin and zed.

  • 23 tj May 14, 2008 at 6:18 pm

    yo. i have been putting alot of thought to the end of the world by a zombie apocolypse…. i am a gun collector and have 17 high powered assault rifles, and have a sound proof basement with a wet bar with booz for a lifetime and huge tv, and a shit load of food. if the zombies come im goin in my truck for the people i can save. then assaulting a wal mart or something with the guns and the people with me to get a bunch of food, booz, and supplies. then gonna reinforce my basement where the tv and mor guns and ammo are at. then im just gonna chill down there with everyone that is still alive and wait for the millitary to either glass the whole state or to come and kill off the mass of zombies and save my drunk ass. but if that does happen i promised myself not the just be a little bitch and hide. im gonna go out with a bang and as a hero saving as many people as possible.

  • 24 Stefano May 15, 2008 at 2:17 am

    Pretty interesting article, it was a good read. I’ve known about the 2012 thing for quite a while but a friend of mine recently said to me that its more than likely to be a zombie outbreak. I don’t see how its possible that people who lived thousands of years ago could predict a zombie outbreak, so I believe thats out of the question, heres an interesting fact for all of you, the people who made the star calender thing that stops on 21.12.2012 where supposedly in touch with aliens, they made drawings of them and they called them star children or something along the lines of that, strange skulls that aren’t human have been found at mayan (I can’t remember if its maztecs or mayans) burial sites its true I read this book about it, google it you’ll find some good information. Anyway back on topic, I also have zombie dreams and have been having them for quite awhile (I think we’ve been watching too many zombie films), I just happen to have been born on december 21st as well. I would love to be in a zombie pandemic, like that guy who said he would ram raid walmart, I would do that as well and get all the bevy,cigarettes,water and food to last me years, I would also raid drug dealers house to get a stash to last me a while that would be so shit if there was a zombie epidemic and I couldn’t get any smoke haha. Shame guns are illegal in my country, but if there was a zombie like pandemic the military could easily handle it with all the different guns and armored vehicles and what not…

  • 25 Nikica Zaninovic May 16, 2008 at 5:25 pm

    Hi my name is Nikica Zaninovic i am a scientist at Cornell university I led my team in making the first gm human embryo fell free to look me up.. My friend told me about 2012 so i decided to investigate. Because i was having dreams related to the comments stated above.Except my last one i woke up screaming and in a cold sweat. the dream was that the institution i work at was deserted. I was in my quarters with a shot-gun and a bible. Then the door get knocked down and im swarmed by these creatures. But i escaped somehow and then i was on the streets and the street was a complete wreck. wrecked cars,broken windows, newspapers everywhere, there was some cars on fire. it was just like Armageddon. Then i was bitten from behind. Thats when i woke up screaming.my birthday is 9/151975. but we just had a child this is the freaky part on 6/6/06. he came 3 months early and everything was fine with him. now lets get back to the main point. i have heard now these are just rumors. that scientist are researching the rabies virus for beneficial purposes. I am 100% sure if they come across something like zombie like traits.they will destroy it. just as we did the embryo.I am left with a few questions. why do the birthdays all end in 5′s? Could humanity withstand a resident evil like infection?

  • 26 Josh May 24, 2008 at 5:39 am

    This is crazy stuff. I first heard about the 2012 thing on the sci-fi channel with the crystal skulls. Its really hard to tell if its going to happen or not (i really hope not) but reading all of this i remember that the year that “I Am Legend” is set in is 2012, and i know hes watching old news recordings that was set in December i want to pop in the movie to check the date but its late here and i get scared easily lol. But ive always said zombies can happen and alot of ppl i tell that dont believe me. i also have zombie dreams b day is 3-15-1985 i know that has nothing to do with it ppl were just pointing out that theres is on “dooms day” but someone said something about the dates ending in 5. lets hope this wont happen.

  • 27 Jeff May 25, 2008 at 3:36 pm

    This is nuts man… I ain’t saying you people are nuts but I was just turned onto this subject recently. It’s kind of funny actually because my girl was telling me about some co-workers of hers saying something about Zombies are real and so on. I immediately shot down that idea and said they were idiots and in no way is it correct….

    But then I was listening to a talk radio station the other day and they mentioned a Zombie Apocalypse book or something about how to survive a Zombie attack. At first I laughed but these guys were speaking at great lengths about this… So naturally I just googled it this morning and stumbled upon this website in addition to some others..

    Needless to say I am very intrested now. It’s obviously not as if the the dead will rise from the graves but more of a pandemic attacking our people and turning us into “zombie” like beings. I honestly never thought this was even likely and I am still just going on along with it as a “novelty” at the moment but the more I read about it and see how many people actually believe this to be a “legit” problem in the future, The more I am sorta open-minded to it.

    Just nuts when you really think of it.. I’ve had some zombie dreams as well but I just figured it was because I love horror movies and I watch alot of bad ones..

    anyway its intresting.

  • 28 Jenny May 26, 2008 at 5:40 pm

    Well, I heard my brother talking about how the possibilities of Zombies are actually real and stuff. My mom doesn’t think so but I kind of do. With all the medicines we have these days to cure and treat all these diseases, I think its possible that (like in one zombie movie–Resident Evil maybe?) that we could have something to reanimate dead cells on paralyzed people but it would get out of hand and end up reanimating actual dead people. Or what I think is more possible is somehow a virus that puts humans in the zombie-like state gets out but we have immunities to all the diseases from so many recent cures.

    After reading the posts, everyone says they had a dream relating to this topic and that their birthdays have a 5 in them? Just thought I’d mention, my birthday is 5/26/95 and I have had one dream where I see a bunch of the zombies are coming up the horizon. We live in the desert so it was kind of scarier since our neighborhood is smack-dab in the middle and there is just a lot of barren land. I don’t remember a lot of the dream just that part and that we were prepared for the attack. =/

    About 2012, I hope its not the end-of-the-world and more of just a drastic change. Hopefully a good one because they say that could happen too.

  • 29 mark Shelton May 31, 2008 at 3:28 am

    Hi my name is mark Shelton. I was skimming through these comments and i noticed the one that doctor left. he mentioned that some scientists was researching the rabies virus for “beneficial” purposes. doesn’t that worry anyone? Well on to the matter at hand my birthday was December 21 1975. And just recently i have been having these horrible nightmares similar to the scientists ones about the street being deserted and no one around, and theres fire everywhere. My entire family is dead in the dream see them laying there on the ground in a blood-bath state. But suddenly they are gone. Then i am being chased by i guess what you would call zombies and some of them is my family. I didn’t really take this to heart until i seen the predicted date of 2012 apocalypse. Now i know that this may seem weird but, my wifes brother is a researcher in DNA analyzing and they have made some breakthrough discoveries on re-animating dead cells. he works for a very well known medical institution. I was looking at the other pages on this website and it come to my attention that a General Stanford was commenting. my question is why would a General be interested in this website that he works for the United States Intelligence. That raises my worry level to a very high state. because as much as they have going on about the war with iraq you would think that a public website would be the last of their worries.

    thanks for taking the time to read whats on my mind.

    Mark Shelton

  • 30 Elias lara Jun 2, 2008 at 5:54 am

    ill baracade myself in my house ont top of a hill with turrets and 20ft wall

  • 31 Sam Jun 4, 2008 at 7:25 pm

    Wow, this is my most popular article, thatnks for sharing your thoughts and dreams guys. Your birthdays are all interesting, but I don’t think they’re related to the end of the world.

    Nikica, thanks for telling us about your work and your nightmare. While I can’t vouch for your authenticity, your story is accurate, according to Wired Magazine – http://blog.wired.com/wiredscience/2008/05/the-first-genet.html – and human genetic modification could lead down the dark road of a human apocalypse. I’m an optimist when it comes to human advances in medical science, but I am wary as well. Any other mad scientists out there? Let’s hear your MUA HA HAs.

    UPDATE: The undead apocalyopse prints on this page are now for sale. Please visit http://www.forge22.com/prints to check them out!

  • 32 ANDY Jun 4, 2008 at 11:18 pm

    I REALLY THINK THERE MIGHT BE A POSSIBLITY FOR A ZOMBIE APO.. I MEAN RABIES CAN AFFFECT A HUMAN SOONER OR LATER. i HAVE HAVE MANY ZOMBIE DREAMS AND WHAT CAN I SAY MOST OF MY DREAMS COMES TRUE

  • 33 Mark Jun 16, 2008 at 9:25 pm

    are you fucking serious. No the earth will not end in 2012 sorry to burst your bubbles but come on were listening to a fucking mexican calender? But come on zombies!? Im not going to lie i have been alittle curious about this but I 100% do not belive it. No offense this is the stupidest site i have been to. I mean come on zombies? Fucking waste of your time making this god awful site and waste of mine reading this fucking bullshit

  • 34 Sam Jun 18, 2008 at 2:10 am

    Thanks Mark. I realize a lot of this is speculation, as I’ve said before, but your own curiosity pointed you here. If a global cataclysm of zombies doesn’t seem likely, I’m not going to argue with you; it does require a stretch. The fact is, the 2012 phenomenon has a lot of people curious, and has many scientists and skeptics debating it. Most are interested in the novelty of the event, but many are skeptical and think the calendar will just roll over.

    It’s not a waste of my time creating this site as I love (headshotted) zombies and I like to share my information. The thirty other commenters seem to agree. I’m glad you wasted more time commenting though!

  • 35 Brandon Jun 18, 2008 at 7:48 am

    seems to me that there could be a strong poss that zombies will come in the future…
    and the way medical science in growin there is a strong poss that a virus could be created…
    but if zombies were to come the war between the world would stop…
    being that one race is fighting for control…
    the human race trying to protect ourselves from the zombies…
    but i also had a dream…
    where i was in a room…
    people were crying everywhere in side this room…
    people ive never seen before…
    no one in that room was my friend or family…
    i was on my own tryin to live…
    all i could see that was outside was badly hurt people that were still able to walk…
    or people that looked very ill…
    then loud noises began…
    the doors were getting beat on till they opened and the rush came in…
    then there was alot of screaming and alot more crying…
    then i woke up hahah…
    but that was my dream…
    didnt know when it took place…
    but i was much older…
    and seemed to be ready for this…
    sooo if this does happen…
    ill be prepaired…
    but im not going to expect it…
    nice site btw…

  • 36 Toadking Jun 18, 2008 at 8:38 am

    Hello, I am Toadking. Some of you may know me from games and such but I have a piece to say.

    I was born on 93 but I have had 1 strange dream. Nearly all of my dreams that I have had have come true (IDK it is just wierd) but I do not dream often. The most I dream is only a couple times a year. Anyway, I dreamt that I awoke from my bed and peered out of my window. Blood was smeared down the street and some crumpled corpses were strewn around the ground. Some houses we afire and some cars were tipped or on fire. Scared the living F outa me needless to say.

    Only about 3 or 4 dreams I have dreamt have not come true out of the 20 or so. Hopefully the calender just rolls over but we can’t be too carefull.

  • 37 Person Jun 24, 2008 at 11:37 pm

    this is so weird i always have dreams about zombies, i had a dream that my sisters, friends and brother and i where running from a bunch of zombies then i realized i left my baby brother at home so i stole a car and went back and got him with my other siblings as i was putting my brother in the car seat i looked in a mirror and saw a zombie behind me and i woke up screaming, i have dreams about zombies quite ofteni dont think its because of zombie movies because i haven’t watched any in a while lol

  • 38 Joshua Jun 28, 2008 at 1:52 am

    Very interesting ideas presented here, Sam. While many of the posts seem to be speculative and opinionated beyond belief, I can’t help but think that most are just sparked from Hollywood media and the recent rise of zombie horror.

    While I’m not going to go into detail about every dream I’ve had, what they were about, etc etc, I will say that I have had zombie dreams almost every night for a year now. Sometimes I get cornered, sometimes I’m well secured. I truly believe that everyone’s dreams are only occurring due to the entertainment presenting itself to us more often. I’d like to hear from the older generation that have been having these constant dreams when the zombie-fad wasn’t so popular.

    I’ve been following the 2012 prediction, and have begun to tie more and more to it’s probability. There are about 15 different “coincidences” that happen on that day, and think it’s a bit much to rule out with disbelief. Between all the astrological/universal happenings, to the changes in presidential officials coming to an end of their term that year as well. Zombie or not, there will be great change, and we must open our eyes and prepare for the worst, yet hope for the best. …Those who do should be safe, those who don’t could be destroyed.

  • 39 Eric Jun 28, 2008 at 8:20 pm

    I just wanted to know when should stockin up on supplies be necessary? because i don’t want to do any last minute life and death shopping

  • 40 Erik Schaeffer Jul 5, 2008 at 2:46 pm

    Am Erik Schaeffer and i was born 02/10/94, but that doesn’t have do with the 12/21/12 thing, am showing that my age doesn’t make me any less useful for info as any adult how commeted. I read a alot of world of end stuff and maya culture and the dead on calender how been right on a lot of things for example ww2 and plus people how think this kind of things is a complete waste time have good reason not to believe but also it helps to know ever type of doom day there is so we be prepared for anything.

  • 41 mikac Jul 10, 2008 at 1:48 pm

    Zombies exsist,we all know that,but when in 50s there was movies about monsters,but no one have say they are real,same for vampires,but now we have movies about zombies and we hear scientist say they are real.I have meet zombies my self (i not get bitten) but i know that they are not undead they are just sick with deadly virus.Virus is not deadly for them is deadly for us around them.Maybe 2012 will not be zombie apocalypse but the one who not believe in zombies have to big fear to see things as they are.

  • 42 Paul Uerling Jul 13, 2008 at 3:55 am

    All this being said i do not think bunkering down would be a wise decision because if they rely on smell theyll smell you and food will eventually go bad and ammo will run out so my scenario is to go to the school bus station take em raid stores grab 25 boys and girls (im 15 so…) get enough guns for everyone mount 2 SKS’s on the tops with 100 rd beta mags. move by night. thats my plan

  • 43 Gordon Jul 14, 2008 at 8:09 pm

    Hey,
    I came across the 2012 theory a couple days ago. Actually found a video on youtube. I have been a zombi “fan” since I was a kid, and even have my own survival plan involving a Costco/G I Joes building. All the food guns and gear needed to survive with multiple people foor an extended amount of time.

    Any way back to the facts.

    The Virus theory is the most viable and belivable theory. Rabis mutaited into something much worse than it is today. As far as the “zombie aperance” imagine some one reduced to pure aggression…Cuts go unattended, uncleaned, infection spreads fast… The 28 days later style of Zombie is the most probable, even if the most undesired. Large bursts of fight or flight adrenalin allowing “super human” like abilities.

    For those of you who think this is all totally unbelivable, and could never happen. think again. Im not saying it would be some horrible apocolyps it may just be a huge out break of sleep sickness… but be prepaired for something… Hell they reanimated the flu of 1918 it killed 70 million people… and they made it again in a lab… just because. Viruses mutate, there is nothing better than a host you can control…

  • 44 Kristin Jul 15, 2008 at 4:10 pm

    okay so my parents have been telling me im crazy because of the stuff i say and even tried to get me a phycologist, but now i seriously doubt im crazy and thats acutally making me upset because i know this can happen, well if it does i know where my dad keeps his guns =/ and you know as sure as hell im gonna protect my little sister.

  • 45 Sam Jul 24, 2008 at 3:28 pm

    Kristin: That’s very noble of you to try and protect your little sister. It’s fine that you know where your dad keeps his guns, but it’s important you leave them alone. It would be far better to talk to him about them than to hurt yourself or your sister in an accident. The current chances of a zombie apocalypse are probably one in a zillion. The key thing here, is learning preparedness, self reliance and safety. If you have the mental and physical strength to survive a plague of zombies, you’re an okay person. Read up on science, health and surviving in the woods. It’s what I do, it’s fun and makes for great conversation.

    Joshua: Speculative, yes, but this is a very interesting topic, and not much serious research has been done. Have you wondered why there’s been such a huge spike in zombie awareness and films? I’m curious on your take about 2012 and zombies. 2012 is a strange thing if not also as far fetched as zombies, but both still have mobs of curious fans. I’d be interested to hear more if you want to contact me.

  • 46 Paul Uerling Jul 25, 2008 at 6:33 pm

    well fighting off the undead horde is a strategy, but i think that outliving them gives you a better chance of survival. If noone else is prepared then cities will become empty of the living very fast so you could get a truck fill it up with gas (i would definitely raid walmart for a hand powered generator) and then after the fact repopulating the world would also have priority in the post apocalyptic world.

  • 47 Shane Jul 28, 2008 at 2:30 am

    I have been reading, all this.
    and all the people saying when your birthday is, it doesn’t matter, the first guy who said their birthdate (Joseph) only said “12.21.75″ ’cause the 12.21.12 is when the zombies come, so they come on his 37th birthdate.

    I had a dream, the zombies shall come to my town, i know where they are coming, I know when they are coming.

    My friends and I are going to make a base in Coles/K-mart (They’re joined together)
    That will keep us alive.

    We know how we can re-populate the human race, you need 30 couples and there will be no inbreed’ism
    (If thats a word) and we could re-populate the world.

    We can make our own radio station when this happens, so keep it on, take a radio.
    Keep the noise down.
    and Keep safe :D
    I’ll post more comments.
    Later.

  • 48 Shane Jul 28, 2008 at 2:33 am

    By the way…
    Einstien fingured that we will all die in the end of 2012. (12,21,12)
    He did some mathematical problem, though, no-one believed him.
    I do Einy.

    So be ready ;)

  • 49 Gabe Aug 4, 2008 at 1:27 pm

    I keep having this nightmare about zombies coming on 12,21,2012,and the symptoms are fever, nausea,vomiting ,and hemmoraghing of the skin. And it started by the bird flu.Is that true?

  • 50 Gabe Aug 4, 2008 at 1:30 pm

    Oh…and 1 more thing. When it comes, im heading to the gun store.

  • 51 Harold Aug 4, 2008 at 3:34 pm

    Although i doubt that 2012 will bring the zombie trouble, if such thing would happen, i’d took my blade, gun, and protect my girl from every fucking undead gezeer that would try to do her harm.

  • 52 Jacob Aug 17, 2008 at 4:44 am

    Well the whole 2012 idea does seem plausable in a way but remember if you want to belief in something hard enough you will… look at the movie the number 23, everything added up to 23, what does this mean… well in the end nothing really just 23 23 23… in real life situation you could go oh my number plate is blah blah blah but if i plus this number here, minus that number there and then times it all by the final one it adds up to 23. You can make anything believable. Im not coming here to make you question your beliefs or theories but im saying some things arent what they seem and others are… and in the year 2012 if the zombies or aliens or monsters dwelling deep beneath earth do come out to change the world as we know it, then im not going to be running around saying its all in your imagination, ill be heading straight to the gun store to do my part.

  • 53 Mason Aug 17, 2008 at 6:09 am

    Um id just like to say on behalf of one of the earlier statements not all people from Kentucky are as retarded as that guy lol.

    Also ive been saying the whole zombie thing is gonna happen for a long time. At first it was just a lil joke between friends, but as you think about it more and more you realize the idea isnt as alien some may think. With some of the previously mentioned scientific studies, virus/diseases, and parasites.

    All thought I find the whole parasite idea completely absurd…

    As much as id rather deal with the slow mindless shambling shells of humans. Chances are if it happens gonna be more along the “28 days later” type.

  • 54 Joshua Aug 20, 2008 at 5:37 am

    Yes, perhaps the “undead” zombie ideal is a bit far-fetched… but think along the lines of a viral-infected being, whose brain has been altered. No, it won’t be decaying bodies who need shots to the head, but perhaps units compelled to attack and spread their disease. Look up the symptoms of rabies, and notice how similar it sounds.

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rabies
    Transmission between humans is extremely rare, although it can happen through transplant surgery (see below for recent cases), or, even more rarely, through bites, kisses or sexual relations.

    After a typical human infection by bite, the virus enters the peripheral nervous system. It then travels along the nerves towards the central nervous system. During this phase, the virus cannot be easily detected within the host, and vaccination may still confer cell-mediated immunity to prevent symptomatic rabies. Once the virus reaches the brain, it rapidly causes encephalitis. This is called the “prodromal” phase. At this time, treatment is useless. Then symptoms appear. Rabies may also inflame the spinal cord producing myelitis.

    The period between infection and the first flu-like symptoms is normally two to twelve weeks, but can be as long as two years. Soon after, the symptoms expand to slight or partial paralysis, cerebral dysfunction, anxiety, insomnia, confusion, agitation, abnormal behavior, paranoia, terror, hallucinations, progressing to delirium.[citation needed] The production of large quantities of saliva and tears coupled with an inability to speak or swallow are typical during the later stages of the disease; this can result in “hydrophobia”, where the victim has difficulty swallowing because the throat and jaw become slowly paralyzed, shows panic when presented with liquids to drink, and cannot quench his or her thirst. The disease itself was also once commonly known as hydrophobia, from this characteristic symptom. The patient “foams at the mouth” because they cannot swallow their own saliva for days and it gathers in the mouth until it overflows.

    A little evolution, and it could yield an effective body of aggravation, confusion, and need to spread to others. I truly believe that although we may not have “classic zombies”, a form of a controlling, aggressive virus will mutate at some point or another. While this discussion yields to the Mayan 2012 prophecy, it is quite narrow minded to dismiss anything from being a concern. Being as “primitive” as they were, they’ve accomplished and discovered huge aspects in proportion to the age of the time they lived.

  • 55 Rev. Bowden Aug 25, 2008 at 1:07 am

    From the post I’ve read above i can tell a lot of people believe this and some don’t. I’m an avid fan of the zombie genre so i too have dreams about them, the dreams probably don’t have anything to do with the impeding apocalypse but more likely due to the impressions of the media on your subconscious mind. To the septics, whether you believe in zombies or the apocalypse or both or neither its is better to be prepared for any disaster situation then to have nothing. To those who are relying on the military please reconsider. I spent three years in the us army and i can tell your from experience that our military and government are not prepared for this. For example look at Hurricane Katrina… I guess what I’m trying to say is Be prepared for anything because you never know what can happen, have maps of your area know escape routes, emergency shelters, every one should have a bug out bag ( http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bug-out_bag ) and if your a parent its your number one responsibility to make sure your children are safe at all costs under any situation. As a father i can easily say my sons safety is the most important thing on my mind. but thats just my opinion :)

    ~ Rev. R. Bowden

  • 56 Mike Aug 29, 2008 at 7:40 am

    I just want to say that the Joseph kid is a FUCKING LUNATIC, look i’m not gonna say its entirely bullshit, but seriously guys i mean come on. Why the hell in any reason would it rationaly or logically make sense for ZOMBIES to rise, seriously!!!!!!

  • 57 Holden Sep 5, 2008 at 10:42 am

    Hey… I study zombies a lot and have found the name of the disease to be known as ‘Solanum’. There is no known source for Solanum, which means there is no known way to attack the disease or make it attack itself, and save the infected host. Only humans can be infected with Solanum, and Solanum has a 100% kill rate. After the host is killed, however, reanimation takes place in the infected host. Tests have taken place to include whether or not average animals could be infected with Solanum, all coming up negative. Solanum kills all of the organs is a human body, except for the brain which still has a large amount melted away… Therefore, zombies can live until destruction of their own brain, or until their body completely rots. Since they need not their digestive system and stomach, they’re always hungry, and their stomachs have no acid in them, so their food never gets digested… So some zombies have been seen roaming with human flesh and blood pouring out of their open stomachs. Also, with no use of lungs, they need not breathe, so they can go underwater without surfacing. So, they can stay underwater until completely dissolved. Which also brings me to tell you horrific news that Solanum can be spread by mosquito bites. But, good for us, mosquitoes seem to decline the rotting bodies of zombies and would much prefer to suck the blood of the living. I forgot this… Zombies’ blood tends to dry up while ‘The Walking Dead’. Sometimes they have been known that while eating other people, have the victim’s blood pump through their veins. Questions?

  • 58 Mason Sep 7, 2008 at 12:30 am

    Solanum is fictional… It was made up by Max Brooks in the ” Zombie Survival Guide”.

  • 59 Sam Sep 13, 2008 at 7:47 pm

    Very true Mason, thanks for pointing that out. The ZSG is tongue-in-cheek fiction, but some people may be consfused by it. It contains several contradictions. See my article about Solanum for more information.

  • [...] readers [Holden, mikac, Michael] have mentioned Solanum or written that they have researched zombies, finding [...]

  • 61 general jax Sep 23, 2008 at 7:28 am

    Hello laides and gentelmen I would like to announce that there will be a time of zombies and war due to lost files of area 51 of the sector 6b we will like to inform u of all possable outbreaks and infections u may have our companys im is bigbuddhabrother for aim ill be taking ur questions on what is the subject of re-animation nd as of this point on all ur dreams you guys u must listen 2 them I did look at me now I’ve seen the most top secret files in the world I have done a 120 page report of re-animation and viral sickness please contact me I will do everything in my power to insure the world safe thank you have a good day

  • 62 Dotdotdot Sep 23, 2008 at 4:02 pm

    I saw some posts on “High Power assault rifles” assault rifles are less powerful than any gun you can legally hunt deer with… the M-16/M-4(AR15) fires the .223 win. round (high speed .22 cal) the my deer gun sitting in the locker fires the .30-06 round (.30 cal).

  • 63 Mason Sep 24, 2008 at 5:21 am

    Its not a matter of how big the round is. Its mainly about overall efficiency is killing what your aiming at, coupled with weight, magazine cap, accuracy, maintenance, and reliability.

    Assault rifles like the ar-15,m-4.m-16. Are tried and true in the field of battle for which they were developed for.

    Even with these having a smaller round chambered they still hold the killing power needed archived by the barrel twist and fps. The smaller round does well at penetrating flesh while the twist causes a bad exit wound. If the round were to hit bone it would penetrate and fragment causing further damage.

    Defiantly more than enough to kill a zombie.

    But if you looking for something in a larger chamber i’d suggest the ak-47, sks, or m1 garand which are 7.62

  • 64 Sam Sep 24, 2008 at 6:21 am

    Mason — thanks again for your useful contributions.

    Battle tested, versatility, reliabilty and ammo availability are primary concerns for every weapon. A pistol encourages aimed, skilled headshots. Even a .22 will take down a zed if done carefully, and with enough bullets.

    Dotdotdot — true, hunting rifles may have more oomph, but use what you have available. You’ll need something for long range, and a gun for when things get hairy.

    General Jax — sure you have, I’d love to see the papers.

    Meanwhile, I’m working on a zombie target for shooting or archery practice.

  • 65 Samuel Sep 28, 2008 at 1:01 am

    *sigh*, yup. I had one of thoes dreams, to. :/ The city was empty, the sun was setting. Hills, overlapped the roads and street lights, I couldn’t see the zombie’s, But i knew they were there. I also knew there were very little people still alive.

    I have seen alot of birthday’s, felt the need to post mine.
    Oct,24

  • 66 Joshua Sep 30, 2008 at 10:12 pm

    My name is Joshua and I live in Lawrenceburg, Indiana. About 20 minutes west of Cinncinati and 10 minutes north of Kentucky. I’ve been interested in these subjects (zombies/2012) for a long time now. I’ve done much research on the undead, but just know what the taught in school and what I’ve seen on the Discovery channel about the Mayans, but from what I hear, despite being primitive, they are very reliable.

    Now, calm down about the birthdays. You have bigger things to worry about (trust me), Joseph was just stating he was born on the 21st of December, and due to a misunderstanding, everyone started posting birthdays.

    It would be an understatement for me to say I “believe” the apocalypse will come 2012, because quite frankly, I know. With current medical advances, which will work against us, and the intellect of the Mayans theres no denying it. Call me paranoid, call be schizophrenic, call me what you want. But deep down you all feel the same, even just alittle, because you woulden’t be on this website, on this article.

    It’s not because of religion, so leave your bibles at home kiddies, they’ll give you no protection. Maybe, at the most, some psuedo-comfort. Exuse my crazy reverend tone, but the end IS coming. The more prepared, the better. When 12/21/12 comes around, I suggest staying out of large cities, they’ll fall first. Stay above ground, this will give you a better tactical posistion. Also stay away from alcohol during the day, it’ll slow your reflexes and make you sloppy. If you have to stimulate yourself, cocaine should do great. It’ll make you more aware, and keep you on your toes.

    Theres no escaping it, this will happen. Best we can do is unite and outlive it. They will eventually starve to death. Then the biggest challenge, will be to rebuild society.

    If you have any questions, comments, or just want to bitch at me, my email is Joshua_Royale@yahoo.com.

  • 67 Joshua Sep 30, 2008 at 10:25 pm

    P.S No zombie will ever be as scary as a pissed off Kentuckian.

  • 68 Eric Oct 3, 2008 at 9:58 pm

    Read Max Brooks “Zombie Survival Guide” or “World War Z”. Also there is “Day by Day Armageddon” by J.L. Bourne. If you are looking for pure survival information read the survival guide. Good tips for no matter what kind of zombies and could be easily modified to suit the situation. Also “Plague of the Dead” by Z.A. Recht which just came out a bit ago and I am going to buy soon as well.

  • 69 Eric Oct 3, 2008 at 10:01 pm

    Ignore the stuff Max Brooks made up like Solanum and all that but see it as a general infection.

  • 70 drew Oct 13, 2008 at 6:03 am

    hey sam. that doctor is his story legit? and that guy mark shelton about general Stanford is that true? i was reviewing other articles on your page and his name showed up many times. i googled his name but nothine so idk what that means. i am very concerned about this subject. we live in a 3 story house and our downstairs is around 75 to 100 foot underground. we have food and plenty of ammo and guns, we have six generators in our barn hand powered 1 is gas powered. the reason i am stating what i have in resources is to ask your opinion on how long we would last. thank you so much for reading my article and hopefully replying to all of my questions thank you. have a great day.

    Never regret something that made you smile.
    that’s one last smile the world doesn’t see
    and one more regret the world doesn’t need.

  • 71 Sam Oct 15, 2008 at 11:48 pm

    No, his story isn’t legit, it’s just some guy having a good laugh.

    I’m glad to know you’re prepared and your house is well stocked. If a hurricane ever came your way, and FEMA didn’t get there to clean the (dead or alive) corpses, you’ll be set. Don’t forget some beer, and make sure it stays cold.

  • 72 Corey J. Oct 22, 2008 at 1:52 am

    Hey guys, i thought about this a lot when i was younger but it has kind of not been in my mind because i’m at college. I’ve read almost every post on this thread… (took a while) it was interesting to see peoples opinions. I’m kind of skeptical, as everyone should be about zombies and 2012. I love talking and thinking about it, its always fun to hear peoples thoughts. Personally, i believe the 28 days later type of infection is the most probable, and the opening scene to the movie is AMAZING. I have talked to many people, including my psychology teacher about dreams, and the basic consensus is that dreams happen during REM sleep, just to keep the mind busy and are often random,unconscious thoughts. There are many theories though about dreams, but lets be honest no one here is a psychic and going to dream the future. Only by coincidence.
    I would like to keep ( at least for myself ) the zombie/2012 ideas seperate. I’ve researched both.
    Back home i have thought about where i would go if zombies attacked, and had a plan, but now that im at college, well there isn’t much planning. im in upstate new york.. lots of mountains so hopefully it would take the zombies a while to get here. If they did, i mean well they would strike gold. No one has guns, i have a pocketknife ( lol) and thats about it. zombies would be in heaven here.
    I do like to get carried away about this, but i like to keep check of reality every so often as well. Good posts, and nice site ! :)
    -Corey

  • 73 Mitzisuki Oct 29, 2008 at 9:55 pm

    I love the zombie thing. My friends and I are writing “It’s gonna happen in 2012″ :) We like scaring people, but we mean it. We’re prepared. Although, if zombies were chasing us, we’d trip each other. We’ve already made that deal. We have weapons and lots of food. We even have places all over the state. Safe places where we can hide.

  • 74 sian Oct 31, 2008 at 2:50 am

    I always have dreams about zombies, my birthday is the 25/05/93. Reading from these comments most the people with these reoccuring dreams have a number in their birthday that ends with 5. coinsendence, most likely.. However im not really liking the idea of the hunter’s to be hunted.

  • 75 sian Oct 31, 2008 at 3:18 am

    although to say that it is impossible for a zombie to walk among us is very naive. Anything is possible, however i very much doubt the thought of dead people living , but discussed earlier the idea of a virus causing some malfuction to the brain is far from improbable.
    Never know 21/12/2012 could be like any ordinary day.
    I never get why these ‘doomsday numbers’ always come from significant dates which are barely significant at all, just a pattern of numbers that hardly ever occur together.
    Like the new millenium.
    6/06/06
    i heard something about the 7/07/07 aswell.
    Now the 21/12/2012.
    seems all a bit too far reached.

  • 76 brenden Nov 11, 2008 at 5:03 am

    There are 3 ways we might all die. 1. I believe..Warfare(Nuclear), 2. Apocalypse (comet, natural disaster) 3. Horrid disease. And i Can’t disclude Aliens from the factor.. I’m just trying the rest of what little life i have..

    -B.

  • 77 Rog Nov 21, 2008 at 7:21 am

    if it’s important 2 any1….my b day is 12-22-83.

    i’ve been having these weird dreams. but im not running from zombies, or crazy people. in my last weird dream it seems that ever1 is in some type of quiet panic. i remember being in some huge open place….mayb a mall, with lots of glass windows.and every1 was anticipating somthing. people seemed really worried. my main concern was 2 find my girlfriend and my daughter. the streets were blocked as if there was some sort of containment attempt. i remember this very eerie feeling. no1 was screaming or running. ever1 just seemed very uneasy. people didnt seem 2 want 2 go outside 4 some reason. when i went outside…there were very few people. and they seemed 2 look at me with cautious eyes. the road was blocked both ways with those cement highway dividers. cars and trucks were abandoned all over. but still…my main concern in all these dreams is 2 find the people i love most.

    so(this is just a thought), mayb we’re having these dreams as a warning or somthing. mayb there’s some freak scientists out there doin crazy experiments on animals-like 28 days later. mayb we r all in 4 a big kik in the ass due 2 our own curiosity. come on…re-animation?????…wtf????!!!!! creating animals like ligers??? all this doesnt need 2 happen, but it does cuz we r so curious. curiosity killed the fukkin cat people!!!

  • 78 Not Applicable Nov 22, 2008 at 3:45 am

    The entire 2012 Mayan Calendar End-Of-The-World date doesn’t refer to Zombies as the Mayans originally created it. The date is their calculated date that a large asteroid will collide with the planet and destroy most of it, and kill many people. Yes, if this does happen the entire disease is possible, however according to what the Mayans said about the asteroid, there would be very few relative people left to fear “Zombies” or Disease. More important to survival would be the enormous dust cloud that would most likely engulf the planet as in the time of the dinosaurs.
    We have weapons that have the possibility of destroying an Asteroid (Nukes, anyone?), however they could possibly launch radiation into the Earth’s atmosphere, which could give people cancer. It depends on whether the governments would decide to use them.
    If the Mayan Calendar is truthful, then if you are on the side of the planet the asteroid hits you most likely won’t have to worry about anything except burning to death as the heat generated comes closer, or as you perish in the impact explosion.
    Maybe the asteroid exists, maybe it doesn’t. If it does, maybe we’ll destroy it, maybe we won’t. If we won’t, maybe humanity will live, maybe it won’t. If it does, maybe disease will be an issue, and possibly not.
    Life is a conundrum, and many things are determined by chance or choices taken. Humans could cause Zombies, Zombies may never be an issue. Humans may destroy the world themselves, the Mayans could be right, any number of things could happen. You also have to think about this: If a massive disaster such as one of the ones discussed on this website happened, would you really want to survive it? I would personally prefer a quick death and relatively via the event rather than say starvation, but that’s just my opinion.

  • 79 Not Applicable Nov 22, 2008 at 3:47 am

    Rewrite of the first sentence: The 2012 Mayan Calendar End-Of-The-World date does not refer to Zombies. The Mayans originally intended it to be the calculated date…

  • 80 Bob Nov 23, 2008 at 8:13 am

    Zombies are totally a possibility. Here is a question, even though we don’t know too much about zombie physiology, just speculate… Will they have circulation? Do they need to stay warm? Because I live in Canada, and December 21st isn’t the warmest day of the year… so if zombies come up this way, would they not just freeze? And if they freeze, would they thaw out again, “alive?” lol? I don’t know… but lets hope global warming doesn’t screw up my zombie plan :P

  • 81 Bob Nov 24, 2008 at 6:44 pm

    Thought I should clarify, “alive,” meaning zombified. Not alive as in living, that would be kind of nonsensical…

  • 82 Maverick Nov 25, 2008 at 4:50 am

    I found this web site about 6 months ago, i think. Now when you type it in on google it says 76,300 views.

    Check out this website.
    http://www.cracked.com/article_15643_5-scientific-reasons-zombie-apocalypse-could-actually-happen.html

    Also in the bible it says that you will have to have a mark on your hand or head to buy things such as food, water, ect… Then they believe that you will have a chip installed in your right hand. Now they have tested that by putting some kind of chip into an animal that they can control its emotions. Well you can see where this is going… I’m not saying that the chip will have anything to do with controling us. Though i don’t know…

    By the way, sence we are all randomly saying when we were born i was born in April 19, 1994.

    ZOMBIE’S CAN’T SWIM!!!

    Thanks for taking the time to read this.

  • 83 ZOMG Nov 30, 2008 at 2:06 am

    a web site that just started up that is gonna be an online survival journal that will one day turn into a book. it has forums too which are cool. needs more members!

    ourfinalfight.webs.com

  • 84 Masterchief Dec 2, 2008 at 3:08 am

    im new to this thing but i think this is very plasuble the disease will most likely spread around eurasia first then hit the american costs and spread like fire through ports. my plan to surrvive is sort of complex i live in missouri so i could prepare before it hit me so im going to gather all my classmates and take my dads loging truck and put cargo containers on the two backs to fill with people then outfit my 3 trucks and ranger with turrets and we also have a 20 foot boat for fishing= food source. im gonna steal food and supplys from walmart for survival then hit the army reserve for big guns. and blow are way to nieghbor town that has armory with anti missiel doors= big bomb shelter. and try to live it out until we run out of food and move on to the next town and keep doing this till over. im going to try to save all my friends and loved ones. this is just a plan i think it sounds effective but i want your oppinion on this sam so write me comment if everyones wondering im 13 my b day is 1-20-95 and i have had no nightmares with zombies this really sucks im gonna be senior during apocalypse but at least ill be able to blow off some heads.

    thanks for reading this everyone!

    have pleasent zombie hunts!

  • 85 David Dec 6, 2008 at 10:57 pm

    This seems interesting. My birthday is 4/3/93 and I have had some very apocalyptic dreams for the past year. Recently I was in a strange school with a easily accessible vault and everyone seemed so calm and the siren in the school was going on and everyone was getting in the vault it was lager about 10 feet high with lockers and It felt like it encompassed the entire school. It seemed all I could see where a few lockers a wall and a dark hallway leading to the other door. Maybe it reached around to meet each other to make one big hall. I suspected their was a large double door nearby which led to a large gym like room. Then as I came down the stairs looking for a girl I liked a white thick misty vapor came and everyone was falling to the floor. My vision was failing and then I was blind and I think deaf… I woke at that moment. Just after the siren went off I was looking outside. All the trees were dead and it was a white skied winter day. I then heard a few people telling me a deadly vapor was spreading in the school. They didn’t go downstairs. Perhaps it was planned and I accidentally heard them. But I went downstairs and I felt confused… Maybe that was a controlled zombie virus? If it helps their voices seemed disturbed like they were the only ones who were worried and knew it what was happening.

  • 86 Shelby Lee Dec 7, 2008 at 9:35 pm

    I thought i was crazy…i am totally obcessed with the thought of a zombie invasion…i think in terms of places to hold down the fort…me and my friends talk about what we would do if we had a zombie attack…my boyfriend wants to keep on the move but i think it better to go to ground and fortify…i think the most likely catalist for zombies would be something like the rabies virus…i believe that its just a matter of time…i read most of the comments on this page but i heard no speculation on how long they would survive…i mean would they starve after awhile? would the infection kill them off after a time? i would like to hear some of yalls thought on this…i also think that we would have time to prepare…i live on the coast in texas and im sure it would start either in some major city or near some research facillity…true there might be outbreaks happening at a bunch of different locals but we would know that it was comming…i personally will prepare before anything pops up in the news…i alway thought i had an irrational fear…but now im not so sure…

  • 87 Sam Dec 8, 2008 at 6:51 pm

    Masterchief – I appreciate that you have a plan, but it’s not very well founded in reality. Your plan is far too complex. You want it to be simple, small, and foolproof. You don’t want to gather all your classmates – you don’t know who they are, how they’ll respond to crisis, if they’ll turn on you, or even if they can run fast. You want a small group, maybe six people at the most. Eight is pushing it. A logging truck sounds like a good vehicle, but it will use lots of gas and be slow. Hauling a boat is sure to get you noticed and attacked (by survivors, if not zombies). A bunch of teenagers attacking an army base isn’t going to happen either, it’s not plausible. Besides, it’s the first place everyone else will think of. You want to be far far away from there. It will be guarded well, and last for a while. You can always check back months later, but chances are anyone who has been infected will be haunting the place, or it will be aggressively guarded by ravenous and desperate survivors. Once you’re in the bomb shelter with one way in – how do you get out or what do you do if one of your party gets infected? Then some unfortunate explorer will find a bomb shelter full of zombies.

    Keep your group small. Keep it loved ones if you must, but make sure you have a strong leader and a better plan.

    Bob: They could become alive again, if they are actual undead. If rabies-like infected, it’s a very slim possibility.

    Shelby Lee: Yes, if infected with a rabies-like virus, they would eventually die, sometime within a few weeks. But the infection will continue to spread, infecting more people, meaning the crisis will not be over when the first batch of zombies come – it will take months or years for the disease to run its course.

  • 88 masterchief Dec 10, 2008 at 12:19 am

    thank u sam for answering my comment you have a very good point but when i meant clasmates i only meant my grade and plus i live in a small town my grade consists of about 50 people and then you have to put in effect almost a quarter of my class would be infeccted or dead and the armery only has a personel of about 5 people and its doors are the only thing bomb proof. my town consists of 3000 people (very small compared to other places). i threw out the boat and loging truck idea it would definately attract trouble and of course me and friends have changed the idea to getting weapons out of armory then leaving albany population is basically 500 people. and my friends cousin has total aceess with pass code works there. and hopefully we would be let in everyone nows eachother around here so we would have a little higher chances than normal and finally building is not in ground has roof and only has couple rooms for guns not like huge installation. im not tyring to be rude or anything i just wanted to state this sam and you probably know what your talking about.

    sincerley masterchief

    ps everyone in town are basically hunters

    and have merry christmases for the next 4 years!

  • 89 masterchief Dec 10, 2008 at 2:55 pm

    i had dream last night i was with someone else driving to a city to find surrvivors before he dropped me off he game me a radio for contact i was fine for two days then zombies invaded my perimeter i ran into a building behind me and ran up the stairs to the roof while doing this i contacted my friend he told me he obtained a helicopter from hospital for escape he arrived and i was killing them with knife be stabbing in face i junmped into the copter and left with out a single bite. this is very strang because most of my dreams come true eventually we must be unlocking a future sight part of are brains. before any body says thats rediculose remember we only use 10 percent of our brains i believe usage is slowly rising for some reason maybe possibly for surrvival i will have to ask pther people about this and identify weather other peoples dreams come true i will not be on site for month to study with my friends

    MASTERCHIEF signing off

  • 90 ColinP Dec 10, 2008 at 8:41 pm

    Whoa.. This article is very interesting. I live in Great Britain which is an island so hopefully it wont start out here. I have also had dreams about zombies. I was with a group of my friends and we just got off a buss. The area around me was just like all of your areas. Gloomy and all ruined. We entered this café type building and fortified it really well. After a while zombies came in through the windows and I saw my science teacher.. I had a chainsaw and rammed it into his skull. I really hated that dream.

    My other one was also with a group of friends, but slowly they all got picked off by zombies. All of us that were left were in some security type building. We all felt suicidal and ended up killing each other. I hated that one also. I saw my best friends getting their heads chopped off by my other friends with swords.

    Thanks for reading my screwed up dreams.

    Good luck to you all in the future if something like this does throw down.

    Peace out from England.

  • 91 Daniel Dec 19, 2008 at 2:59 am

    i believe there will be a zombie epidemic, people need to realize that this is the impending doom, forget global warming forget all that, this is the real threat to man kind we need to get ready for it if we still want to live on earth… i agree with you. I mean i havent had any dreams or anything but i believe this will happen eventually. and for those who come here just to poke fun… look at what is written here and then tell me this is stupid

    and something is warning us…through the dreams

  • 92 corey Dec 21, 2008 at 12:41 am

    alright this really freaked me out when I found this website for the past week I have had reoccuring dreams about zombies very scary shit to just like everyone else I don’t know what the connection is but it’s very strange.my birth date is11/22/92 if that helps

  • 93 Pvt Unknown Dec 21, 2008 at 4:13 am

    so i gotta ask, has anyone ever had a dream about one thing, (end of the world or zombpocalypse) and have the same exact dream re-accure the next night or any other time?

  • 94 corey Dec 21, 2008 at 5:59 am

    alright listen here you skeptical fucks none of us would be here not even you if their wasn’t some type of connection so you need to get over it and prepare for the worst because I wasn’t a believer either until I discovered that we are all having the same dreams and shit. I have never had such vivid or realistic dreams in my life I know it’s not the horror genre we live in because I have talked to many of my family members about there scary movie times and they never had such terrifying dreams I’m not crazy I speak the truth believe what you want but the end is coming it’s inevitable. Sorry I have no useful information just board up the windows and protect those loved.

    also I think we believers should have place to meet in case of the impending apocalypse

    also I totally agree with Daniel!!

    something else that’s wierd I found this site on dec 21 and I also had another dream last night can’t remember much though but it wasn’t as bad anyone looking at this right now should post their ideas

  • 95 Nick L Dec 22, 2008 at 6:41 am

    I am a big fan of the zombie genre, and with all the disease research and whatnot going on, I do believe that a 28 Days Later type apocalypse is possible. While the classic undead zombies make a good movie, they don’t seem very plausible to me. Also, the specific date 12/21/12 does seem a bit silly at first, but compared to what has happened so far, like with the supposed predictions of WW2 and the 9/11 attacks, it doesn’t seem too far-fetched. Anyways, if this does happen, I have no idea what I would do, besides hide in my house, which wouldn’t allow me to last very long. I live in Colorado Springs, a medium-sized city, so I’m not sure where would be a safe place to go. I also live down the street from a mall, but it seems that a mall would be the worst place to go, considering they’re always full of people. My family owns no guns, and I have no idea if there is a gun store anywhere near us. If anyone has ideas for me, throw them out please! :)

    Oh, and does anyone from the U.S. see the coincidence of the date this is supposed to happen and the end of Obama’s term? And my birthday is 9/8/92 if anyone cares.

  • 96 Sam Dec 22, 2008 at 3:43 pm

    Obama’s first term ends January 20, 2012, not Dec 21, 2012.

    Pvt Unknown: Yes, I’ve had reoccuring and almost congruent dreams, but none zombie related.

  • 97 Pvt Unknown Dec 22, 2008 at 6:07 pm

    alright just wondering, ive been having pretty disturbing dreams, mainly same old active tour nightmares i normally have, nothing i cant handle, but normally when you shoot something or someone in my case they stay down, but last couple of nights its the same dream but when i shoot, they get back up, and keep running tward me screaming allah achbaad, lol every soldiers nightmar times 2, well appreciate the time, tell me what you guys think of it,

  • 98 Nick L Dec 22, 2008 at 6:51 pm

    Gah, my bad. For some reason I thought it ended January 20, 2013. :P

  • 99 Dead eye Dec 22, 2008 at 6:59 pm

    “Pvt Unknown Dec 22, 2008 at 6:07 pm

    alright just wondering, ive been having pretty disturbing dreams, mainly same old active tour nightmares i normally have, nothing i cant handle, but normally when you shoot something or someone in my case they stay down, but last couple of nights its the same dream but when i shoot, they get back up, and keep running tward me screaming allah achbaad, lol every soldiers nightmar times 2, well appreciate the time, tell me what you guys think of it,”

    You served in Iraq? When? Who were you with? Sounds like you have a case of ptsd going. Can the government help?

  • 100 Pvt Unknown Dec 24, 2008 at 1:26 am

    it really isnt ptsd, it doesnt scare or disturb me as some people would assume, i piggybacked with the 82nd Airborne division military police detatchment, but im in 585th, i served two tours since 9/11 other info on where and locations i been to is secret due to still operational terrorist surfing the web,

    and besides, government help? bah haha, there better at putting you in the ground then actually helping ya, ask alot of the 9/11 workers who got denied medical aide when respitory issues developed from dust inhaletion, and other things,

    i love my country, but theres some quirks that still need to be worked on, so im not expectiong free pyschretrist visits, nor do i need em, ask alot of people who served over there, your gonna have those dreams if you saw actual combat, my bro has em everynow and then, but nothing serious, ha, i still have dreams of being smoked during basic training from my drill seargents :) good times good times

  • 101 Dead eye Dec 24, 2008 at 3:27 am

    I served with the 1st Cav at Taji, Baghdad, and Balad (the bad guys already know we’re there). Combat wounded, BS, PH, ARCOM, CAB… I know all about the dreams. I get them quite often. My second call up also. The first was right after 9/11 with the Guard to support OEF. I found that the VA has been more than helpful with all my disabilities. Alot depends on where you are. Some VA med centers are better than others. Same goes for the regional offices. Almost all regional offices are experiencing backlogs on new claims.

  • 102 Pvt Unknown Dec 25, 2008 at 3:11 am

    yeah, like i said, love this country to death, but some of the quirks needs a lil help, doesnt help that alot of the officeses are a bit under the pressure, theres been a waiting line for the office i been to for a shoulder injury back in 06, before i was transfered, to a diffrent company for security,

    but yeah, the dreams, nothin i cant handle, but i do have to say it was pretty weired when i shot em with a 50 cal. and they just got right back up, lol if anyone shot a 50 cal. what you shoot with it dont get bac up,

  • 103 Rougue-9 Dec 26, 2008 at 5:54 am

    I have read all of the comments and was actually really spooked by the similarities of some of the dreams people have posted about, I myself have been having more and more dreams of situations where I am armed, in familiar areas and as far as I can see there is destruction and death. Most of them involve zombies or atleast things that could pass as zombies, And what I find odd is I am not afraid as if I had done this many times before, One dream though I have had 4 times in the last 3 months the exact same dream. I am In town, people are running and screaming, gunfire can be heard everywhere. I am always protecting the same girl, someone I have never met, she resembles not one person I have ever been in contact with, but for some reason I feel a strong connection. Then I see these things racing at us I scream for her to run, And I open fire on them killing many, I hear her scream, I turn and see her being attacked, then I scream and wake up.

    Normally I ould just write this sort of thing off as a silly dream but ive never had a recuring dream like that so many times in that amount of time. Maybe im just goin nuts, I dont place much truth in dreams but this just really made me a bit wary of the future and I plan to b prepared, and should this just be some stupid dream atleast ill have been prepared for the worst.

    just to make it clear, Im not all paranoid about this being a serious posability just got really wierded out by the dreams. thought id mention that before someone starts firing off at me lol.

  • 104 SatampraZeiros Dec 26, 2008 at 6:22 pm

    you know that the end of the longcount just symbolizes a restart of it and a beginning of a new era in human thought right? not zombies… retard..

  • 105 Rogue-9 Dec 26, 2008 at 8:43 pm

    wasn’t saying it did mate, just thought the dream was fucked and since others had mentioned theirs i thought hey why not.

  • 106 Herr Dec 26, 2008 at 9:04 pm

    I think the possibility of this happening is realistic. I have always been facinated by the Zombie genre, games, movies, I mean hell, I’ve been addicted to the game Left 4 Dead since it came out. I have many dreams about a Zombie infestation and have had those dreams for a few years now. If it actually does happen, I will try to survive, If I am about to fail, bullet to the head for me.

  • 107 Pvt Unknown Dec 27, 2008 at 3:29 am

    lol glad im not the only one who has re-accuring dreams, but i do have to say i feel you there rogue about protecting someone you dont even know, the guys in my dream about the ones with achbaud the deadish terrorist gettin back up, the guys im with i didnt even know, heck, i could couldnt even recognize there last names, and its on there ICBA (individual combat body armor) any one know a iverson? seems like the only name i know by heart,

  • 108 Your Darkest Desire Dec 27, 2008 at 9:25 am

    i have been watching this site unfold from the sidelines for about two days. most everything here seems plausable. i have actualy believed in the zombie apocalypse theory for quite some time now; and as freaky as it is, its realy quite facinating. i have had 3 dreams this year conveying, what could potentialy be, a zombie apocalypse.

    i had my most recent dream last night, which i believe to tie into the “pandemic theory” as opposed to “living-dead theory”. this is because in the dream,i was slightly older driving a run-down car through town (i live in a slightly rural area,so the population is relativly low) im not entirely sure of what i was doing,posably searching for supplies. i had a fire axe leaning against the front passengers seat,maybe related to the one i have in my garage now. i drove into what seemed to be some mob of sorts. the people in said mob are whom i believe to be the zombies. they seemed to be stumbling around with no real point, but unlike the traditional zombie thier flesh and clothing be it dirty, was intact. thier skin was a pale yellow,and thier eyes bloodshot,and some seemed to have blood caked around thier mouths. i stoped infront of what seemed to be the remains of a store and got out of the car,grabbing the axe. one seemed to catch sight of me,and started shambling toword me. i made a stupid mistake and put the tipped end in the zombies skull. the zombie fell to its knees,but my axe was still embedded in his skull. it was stuck. i tried,but failed,to pull it out. i hadnt seen that others had noticed me as well. i just said forget about the axe and ran, trying to avoid them.there were more than i had anticipated,and i was quickly overtaken. thats when i woke up in a cold sweat and hyperventalating.

    i have never viewed dreams as anything more than portrayal of emotion desire, fear, anger, etc.) but seeing everyone else made me think…what do you think sam? (btw,im sorry for the repost,but im posting from a PSP,which means limited typing space)

    could the fact that i died in the dream be a bad omen? im open to all opinnions.

    oot:dont the sceptics that come here just to flame get repetitive or annoying?

    another thing. nano-tec. what do you believe the odds are of the apocalypse being caused by these tiny,self replicating,virus-esque robots. ive researched relatively deeply,and we seem to be advancing quickly in said aspect(possably too quickly), as well as the reanimation of fresh cadavers. a bio-weapon created by X countrys millitary may also be the cause.

  • 109 SaintAndrue Dec 31, 2008 at 3:07 am

    Id just like to say, thanks to every one for their imput and that this is a really good website, see the thing i believe in is, say the mayans are right, that the world ends in 2012, is it just me or was there something the mayans had inscripted somewhere of “two planets crossing paths” which create the pole shift and other events of such, and that is also linked to the end of their/our callender, now think about it, (something inscribed) drawing of 2 planets/ mabie words, dont really remember, but could the translation have failed, and the true meaning be that; 2012 = a catastrophic end, that not even two planets can contain?

    I remember seeing inscriptions of “aliens” or non-human beings in their temples, so could 2012 be the date we find out we are not alone, and that there might be a zombie outbreak, and that our visitors will fail at preventing our safety, just a thought in the works, plus say it is “I” who creates the zombie virus, will I, then be the new leader of the NWO, and have Zombie #1 Bill Gates #2 Clinton #3 Bush in my collectors list of zombie pets?

    Sorry I just think getting stoned with Clinton as a zombie would rule, Bush would also be kool to smoke with and Gates……. I just need a nerd to hit, in the times of Zombie killing, it’s stressfull killing so meny dead ppl, try beating the end of C.O.D 5, you have to survive how meny levels of zombie nazis, also are they preping us for war with the said zombies, via video games and movies?

    there seams to be alot of talk the last 10 yrs on zombies, my bday does not match the ending # of 5, which kinda tripps me out since I personaly have never had a zombie dream that I can recall and the ppl listed on this page have with the oddness of that last didgit….. anyways just some input from a friendly Canadian.

    p.s
    this site is now saved in my favs and usb lol i actually think there might be an outbreak about to happen

    p.p.s
    source on my reason of beliefe of said event, (listen b4 any one says it’s from the onion, i know this I’ve done my research, but listen to the fear in the voice of the dude reading the script weither its fake or not replace all the words “classifide” with zombie or the word virial…. enjoy.
    http://www.liveleak.com/view?i=eba_1194545072

  • 110 SaintAndrue Dec 31, 2008 at 3:30 am

    p.p.ps
    we all need to sign a patition of informing other contacts, if the there is an outbreak because in urban areas with not much contact to surrounding areas, like for instance say it happens faster then thought and spreads like mad, most likely most ppl will worrie about themselves and not others, dont, we all need to know the truth, so my email is [REDACTED]@hotmail.com add it to a list, and I hope we all remain safe, if not hope your not on the otherside of my mini gun.

  • 111 Pvt Unknown Jan 1, 2009 at 11:33 pm

    lol well, after watching that link you set up there saint, it does raise the question on whats behind those (classified) marks. I for one know better just because im the poor fellah that has to guard those (classified) things, and we all know what happens to those who try to protect those things, they ende up dying or being mauled up, hopefully i wont :D . but the biggest indicator there was when he said “jessus…uh thats classified” and the the part when he says “out of our darkest dreams imaginable” that was the biggest indicator of all, but i dont know, could be there hideing king kong or godzilla and want to take necessary counter messures, surely it isnt zombies…surely :)

  • 112 SaintAndrue Jan 2, 2009 at 7:07 am

    It’s kool, i also heard something in there tho about “airforce units will also be trained to combated against said classifides” something big will happen, and it will be in our life time, i really hope you all know the % that this shit is real, think of the sky first of all, 80-90 % your whole life you will have seen and remembered clouds, we dont know what the hell goes on up there, we never will, thats why millitary are afraid of ET’s who in all likelyness look just like us, cause you cant see them in the distance all you really see are clouds, atleast from Earth… yeah we have gadgets and all, but even in a zombie brawl to the death pardon the pun, are you really going to use that rolex, check the time be like shit well their dead so it dont matter if i missed that dinner, or what about cellphones, theyel be useless, no ppl to work on whatever they do to keep all cell phones on active lines, we are going to die, prep now, grab yourselves a shit load of wepons and get ready for hell on earth, and if it dont happen atleast you have a bunch of weapons in case ww3 breaks out, either way something big will happen so just prep well you can, and please please dont make me kill anymore zombie nazis. that got boring fast. or lets go on a underground tunnal kindapping spree i hear millitary has a bunch, so if we number in more people then the millitary has we will all be safe rather then only the chosen few that get to live, from the pics iv seen, they are huge tunnals, and on my health card in Canada the exp. date is my bday 2011, i find that kreepy since i lost my old one and this is a new one. anyways all signs point to our deaths on the 2012 thing just saying in that case live your life free and do what the hell ya please, its our right to, even die ppl get their last wish, enjoy life, plus im not just gonna give you my life, you have to take….or die trying :-P
    Damn Zombies…..
    p.s I wanna try ETs pot :-)

  • 113 SaintAndrue Jan 2, 2009 at 7:37 am

    btw happy newyear ppl.

  • 114 Jeff Jan 3, 2009 at 6:04 am

    im just wondering but have you all wondered why your dreams all end up the same way a movie does…
    I believe that a zombie like state is possible like sam said but all your “dreams” are just you being reminded of a movie you once saw.

  • 115 Pvt Unknown Jan 3, 2009 at 9:51 pm

    supposibly, but not all dreams are based off movies, well some do, but some seem like a movie and portray itself as a movie even tho you never seen it in a movie, some come from just normal things we done, some from traumatic incident we’ve been thru, or some from just an active imagination, like mine, a active imagination, and some traumatic incidents, but mostly an active imagination.

    like my imagination on whats going on inside the building i guard, or what the mess hall is making, and what its made of, it still alludes me what i shovel down my throat at times, i swear i heard our meat ball surbrise say goodmorning one time…. well i thought it did, but yet again it was 4 in the morning, and i just got done running 3 miles with my first seargent.

  • 116 SaintAndrue Jan 3, 2009 at 11:10 pm

    so thats what happened to Bill……. “i swear i heard our meat ball surprise say goodmorning one time…”

  • 117 SaintAndrue Jan 3, 2009 at 11:11 pm

    damn zombie meatballs…..

  • 118 Your Darkest Desire Jan 4, 2009 at 7:40 am

    yeah, i figured as much, or somthing simmilar. ohwell. besides, it isnt like thats the only thing i said.

  • 119 Lathias Jan 10, 2009 at 1:50 am

    Well, this is how I see things. If something happens on the 21st of Dec in 2012, then, so be it. No power over that. If it’s a Zombie Apocalypse, then I’m taking my sword in one hand, my, at that time 8 year old son, in my other arm and staying alive as long as possible. I read everyone saying they will be getting guns, I will to yes, but I never have to reload a sword. Anyway, I’ve had zombie dreams for quite awhile now. In one of them I was at a universtity I used to go to and the campus was packed with zombies. It was kinda a mix between Shawn of the Dead and 28 Days Later. Anyway, I remember thinking I had to get to my wife and son and was chopping down zombies left and right. Now, my wife is in Alabama (I’m in Illinois with my son), so I don’t think that was prophetic. Either way, there have been many more dreams before and since then. I’m a big fan of Zombies and I’ve even taught my son to “shoot” at zombies, by walking toward him and making the noises. lol

    I’m even planning on writing a zombie story some point and time when I get my computer back up and running. As for other possiblities about the end of the world in 2012, a co-worker and I was talking about the poles reversle, or even a worm hole sucking us away. If so, I hope to be rescued by a Leviathon ship and meet a nebari, luxan, and even a hynerion. LOL But seriously, anything can happen in this world. That is something I truly believe. It’s best to be prepared for anything. Of course, we never can be truly prepared for anything. History has proven that.

  • 120 Daniel Jan 11, 2009 at 8:35 pm

    yes I dont know what I would do in case of a zombie apocalypse, I have a Japanese katana sword, machete and a club. I live in a ranch/house with horses and goats. I could ride out on a horse in case it gets too hairy and search for survivors. horses are very defensive, they wont let anyone that they dont know get near them. Anywho happy new year everyone and I just turned 18 Jan 9.

  • 121 Anonymous Jan 12, 2009 at 2:05 pm

    I’ve had a few dreams here and there. All relating to the same thing, instead of a re-acuring dream, its more like Chapters. I feel experienced in what I’m doing, I fly a large transport aircraft carrying one vehicle, and plenty of supplies, medical, food, weaponry. I stop at each major city. The vehicle i carry in my aircraft is just a small car. (Weight restriction) Each city I stop at is deserted. I continue flying from city to city. There is never a lack of fuel. (Not a large populous of pilots out there) When each dream starts, Im at new city, when it comes to an end, I’m taking off again. on to the next.

    I dunno, I’m a pilot, and I guess being up in the air is safest to be. granted you can’t be up there for extended periods of time. Airports are fenced off (most are) My birthday is in 1980 And since we get closer and closer to the year 2012, each dream becomes more and more vivid. Any idea’s what the hell is going on?

    Just to let you know, Each dream show’s nothing of zombies. More like Stephen Kings Langoliers, Just empty cities. No people, No zombies, No nothing. Just empty cities, pure silence each time I stop and walk on foot. the only sounds are the sounds of the wind, my foot steps, the engine of the car, or engines of the plane I fly.

  • 122 Anonymous B Jan 16, 2009 at 1:40 am

    Hey, I was skimming through the forums nd saw some mentions of b-days nd such with people trying to find out if maybe they shared something in common. Well my birthday is 11/9/93. I know some of you may think thats just random bs, but i mean if the world will end 2012, what concerns me is this is the year i graduate highschool. I know it sounds random nd all, but it seems like it has something, although im not sure what, to do with the end of the world. It’s like a sixth sense. anywho, what i DO find even more disconcerting is for as far back as i can remember as far as b-days go, i have had terrifying dreams of a zombie apocalypse on the nights of my birthdays. And to add to the wierdness, i can feel what i feel in the dream. That’s not to say i feel being torn to shreds, but where i dream of being bitten, bruised, scratched, etc., i dream of it being on my arms, wake up with pins nd needles, on my back, i wake up arched and in immense pain, on my neck, almost like my back just almost worse, christ even im my stomach. It just seems all too real. Does anyone else have this similar experience or am i just a coincidence? one in a million?

  • 123 Drew Jan 16, 2009 at 5:11 am

    Hey SAM i posted a few weeks back. I have been researching allot on this subject and have come across some startling information. I would love to be able to E-mail it to you. my E-mail address is drew-17-08@comcast.net if you contact me through there i will reply with the information. The reason that i started researching this information is because of the last previous dreams i have had. I don’t know if you have ever heard of the term the Third eye but, its like a future visioning ability that the brain has. if you don’t know what it is then research it it’s scary and entertaining in the same sense. But the dreams that i had pick-up where they left off. I can’t awake from them and they always follow with my life. Explaining them through this is extremely hard so bear with me.

    My first dream I was in my House i woke up and walked down stairs my parents was watching the news. They said there had been an like an outbreak infection near Nevada. I asked what do you mean outbreak infection? they told me that what the news had broadcasting about an hour ago. I asked well what are they saying now my dad said nothing they quit broadcasting I asked what News was it he said CNN. My day continued on as normal until later when the police was having a lock down of the area a police man came to our door and told us to lock our doors and barricade our windows my dad asked why he said to tell you the truth i don’t know that is what the officer stated. Then i woke up.

    My second dream started exactly where i left off from my last one my dad closed the door and told me to go get the wood out of the shed and bring the generators down stairs. He said move the food from the upstairs to the downstairs all of it. Well when i finished doing that and my mom got done with the food we locked all doors and used scent away on the doors and windows (we hunt allot) i suggested the idea in my dream. It was so real i could smell what it smelt like could feel it splashing on me. Well we went to town in my dads truck and brought my dads 30 ot 6 and my 12 gauge just in case well we went in walmart after stashing our guns in the toolbox. Walmart was a mad house there was so many people in there i can’t even begin to describe it then i woke up. next dream i had it started off in walmart exactly where i was standing we went and got supplies food water ammunition few 2 more guns more scent away. and few more supplies then we went to the lowes right next door and bought steel bars and aluminum and wood floor panels three quarter inch wood. and we went back home and boarded everything up and moved the supplies so and so forth well later that night we could hear screaming it was horrible. I could feel the fear i my dream and the sweat run down my face it was so Horrifying i woke up in a cold sweat trembling.

    My last dream that i had started off where i left off as well there was still screaming me and my dad went upstairs to look out the window it was like Armageddon the streets was empty except for people running by our house its like they was being chased. We was in the foyer with the front main door looking out. There was this guy about to be attacked and my dad opened the door just enough where he could drop the “thing” chasing him the guy got up and ran into our house my dad asked have you been bitten scratched or touched by them things he said no. Well we was walking down stairs and i had this urge to look at the news paper in the kitchen i controlled myself in that dream for just a few seconds i had a second thought what year is this happening the paper said June 6 2013. The i woke up. I hope this can provide some insight for people.

    I hope you reply to this Sam. Thanks for reading and have a great night or day.

  • 124 Alex Jan 16, 2009 at 9:01 pm

    hey sam this alex here i was reading on this website and was startled to find out about this information. The comment posted before me I have been having similar dreams well actually the exact same dreams. but different story line i guess you would say. he mention something about the third eye. Do you know if the dreams have anything to do with the third eye’s capability?

  • 125 John Jan 20, 2009 at 8:17 am

    Does anyone know if sam is still around? He hasn’t commented anyone in a while nor have i seen his name.

  • 126 Sam Jan 22, 2009 at 4:25 pm

    Hey all, I’m still here, I just happened to be out tagging zombies all over the intertubes.

    Drew to follow up, yes I’m familiar with “third eye” and ESP. I can’t analyze your dreams too specifically, they also relate to goings-on in your own life, and what your fears and hopes are for surviving a zombie happening. The date is interesting, I haven’t and I’m not too familiar with peeople remembering specific dates, especially future ones. Don’t put too much fear in any date, instead research it and see waht you can learn about it. What does June 6 mean to you? History and knowledge are powerful things. I’d rather be with a smart team than a trigger happy team.

  • 127 Drew Jan 23, 2009 at 1:30 am

    I did research it and i have found that the embryo thing that doctor made is also being researched by infusing a modified rabies virus to operate on the virus itself. I can’t remember where i seen the page at im still looking for more information on that subject. Now, for my dreams I had another dream and it started exactly where i woke up. I was looking at the paper and the date did not change nor did the headline I walked down stairs and everyone was down there my mom dad and the fella that we let in we gave him a gun just in case. We waited there and talked about stuff he had seen. His exact words ” I was at work and one of my co-workers come in and was looking pretty bad my boss walked over to him and was talking to him then he leaned over and bit her on the neck. me and a few friends subdued him and got him away from my boss well a few minutes later my boss bit one of the people taking care of her. Then i left is started to get bad the entire town is like this as i got i my car there was people running and being chased.” my dad asked him how did you end up running? he said” i hit one and it popped my tire so i got out and made a run for it thats when you saved my ass” then i woke up. i have been studying the third eye, ESP, and premonitions. To be able to control the third eye you must have a broad mind and open to new ideas a high iq is a must. My iq is 167. The thing that scares me is the fact that I can see into the future and its going to happen. People may not believe me that is their choice it is still new to me as well so im scared of it to. as for june 6 I have no recollection of what it could mean i have looked it up but nothing. I would love to know what you think about my dreams and my research. thanks allot sam have a great day!!

  • [...] 2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse ” … how does 2012 relate to a zombie apocalypse? Certainly our world could be forever changed on this date by an unnoticed eschatological asteroid, disease or terrible quaking of the earth. The walking dead? Also plausible. Current scientific research into disease, reanimation and cellular regenesis is progressing as rapidly as other scientific disciplines …” undeadreport.com (site accessed Nov 07) [...]

  • 129 Drew Jan 29, 2009 at 1:38 am

    was that your reply to my previous statement? or just a post to inform us more of the possible danger?

  • 130 Sam Jan 29, 2009 at 5:07 pm

    The comment #128 is an incoming link from another website. This is my most popular article on this website.

  • 131 holyman Jan 30, 2009 at 3:52 am

    drew .if what you are saying is true .you have great power .you could be one of god ‘s soldiers.

    you must practice your ability and learn to focuse it . i don’t know if you believe in god the creator.

    but your ability should prove the existence to you. you should not fear your power. it is god sent.

    when satan has dominion over the earth the dead shall walk.and feast on the living. this is satan’s right

    it means that man is completely evil .you are not alone ,drew.practice your skill.for god controls the

    future. remember :although you walk in the shadow of death fear no evil.

  • 132 Drew Jan 30, 2009 at 3:20 pm

    yes it is true every word of it. i have seeked counseling but they simply tell me that im just going through a phase and it will pass. How do i focus on it? i don’t know how to train to control it nor do i know how to practice it the dreams come at random but i can control it to a certain point. i don’t know how to explain it on here but i feel everything in my dream from my footsteps to my air blowing against my skin smell the scents in the air. I do believe in the lord with all my heart I am baptized and saved and have went to church since i was born i am a youth group leader for 5-12. but if you will e-mail me at drew-17-08@comcast.net or my myspace http://www.myspace.com/dwhite90 if you have a phone number i can explain it in more detail. if you e-mail i would love to be able to talk about this in more detail it so new im terrified of it…please get back to me thank you……oh and sam june 6 was the day that i was expected to be born i just found this out recently..but i don’t know what that means.

  • 133 Drew Jan 31, 2009 at 10:20 am

    hey sam i made a short poem for you…you can use it on this website…..

    When zombies begin to rise,
    People will begin to die,
    Blood will run thin &
    the extinction of people will begin.

  • 134 Your Darkest Desire Feb 2, 2009 at 5:55 am

    *cough*hm….gods soldier….*clears throat*anyway, it seems that we’ve strayed off topic. ok, i am atempting to build a team (right now i only have a few people togeher, but im trying) anyway, if/when the outbreak occours or signs even hint at it we are thinking of where to meet up. where would you suggest?

  • 135 Your Darkest Desire Feb 2, 2009 at 5:57 am

    above is open to anyone with ideas

  • 136 Drew Feb 2, 2009 at 7:08 am

    there is a military meeting spot in each major city..it has water access, 4 lane road near an airport and hospital..that would be a good place to meet every military location has shatterproof/bulletproff glass
    a mess hall armory and sleeping quarters along with a rec area
    that would the best place to go IF you are close to it if not find some place with strong walls and strong door board windows and doors…plenty of room and pref 2 stories

  • 137 Your Darkest Desire Feb 3, 2009 at 8:27 pm

    the millitarry meeting point isnt the most origional idea, so it seems that it would fill up quickly. that allied with the fact that i dont think i live near one strikes that idea. i found an abandon apartment building,after adding extra defence and patching some lose ends up do you think thatd be a good place?

  • 138 Paul Gottselig Feb 3, 2009 at 9:27 pm

    As far as places to set up a good defensive position, I think somewhere high up would be very good. Apartments work well as long as you are absolutely sure that they are abandoned. You don’t want to risk running into any crazy homeless people. Also you got to think about the possiblity of other people having the same idea. I would reccomend that you tell no one about your plan. Not even your closest friends. Because if they tell their friends and they tell their friends than before you know it everyone would end up at your base. Try to make sure that the apartments are on the outskirts of a city, but still within accessible reach of food and water supplies. I live less than a mile from an airport and they have 100 foot tall radio towers all over. While driving by I could see basements built into the side of the towers. The nearest town is about three miles from the ariport and two miles from my house. The entire area is all wide flat open fields. While this presents a hazard as far as being seen it also ensures that you could see any zombies. There is also an airforce base about 15 miles from my house. My dad is stationed there and he access to an unlimited supply of MREs. (Meal Ready to Eat) He doesn’t really support my ideas into the whole zombie thing, but he occasionaly brings me a bunch of MREs. I have been storing them in my closet since they never expire. I have a large camping backpack that I keep all my important gear in. I have several different knives and multi-tools. I have a ropes and harnesses. I also keep a good supply of ammo since my dad and I are really into hunting. We have two shotguns. My dad has a standard issue handgun and an M16 assault rifle that he recieved from the base. In my garage I have a fire axe and a katana although I’m not sure if it’s battle quality. Right now I’m saving up for a machete and hopefully a bolt action rifle too. Anyways, just make sure that your prepared to the fullest extent. And remember, tell no one about your evacuation and defensive plan. I’ll try to post more when I get a chance. Good luck, and God speed to everyone. Sincerely Paul Andrew Gottselig. Feel free to contact me. [REDACTED]@gmail.com
    Or on Xbox Live. My account name is Slim Shady 00.

  • 139 Sam Feb 4, 2009 at 6:30 am

    Thanks Paul. Friends and people on here always ask me about my plan, and my response is about the same as yours: I tell them a vague idea, but certainly nothing descriptive, and no locations. The best plan is an adaptive plan; you don’t want to have a safehouse and a backup only to find one is overrun and the other is housing refugees. When people need to know my plan, I’ll tell them.

    Know where your barracks and police departments are, but certainly do *not* head there. Wait until SHTF, and gather a possible scouting mission. Meet as far from one as possible, and if possible, meet at some nondescript yet easily defensible place with a good POV.

    Stay low, keep moving.

  • 140 David Feb 6, 2009 at 3:59 am

    This is all interesting. (My second post) I think in a zombie outbreak I’d be defenseless. Do you think if I could bring a guitar or something for recreation it’d be smart? I took some kind of I.Q. test I thought looked pretty official. It didn’t require any information so I liked it. I have an I.Q. of 107 just above average. Anyways, I think maybe looking for islands that get very little food and water from other areas and is not very commercialized… I think I’d try and go there as soon as I could. A small island with fields to grow and easily defended would be nice. Alaska might be a good place to start out in a zombie outbreak…

  • 141 Sheafie Feb 6, 2009 at 12:40 pm

    Its a shame that they won’t be flesh eaters…it’d be scary…but a experience overall…i mean its good enough that scientific research is proving the existance of zombie activity being real, but, if the Toxoplasma Gondii could be programmed to set the human ( and only human ) brain to go after their own species would be awesome, if not tottaly horrifying…..but all in all what i suggest is that….they take some chances, meddel around with some dead or even living sacrifices to test this in a secured environment and if they can acheive that then try altering the Toxoplasma Gondii to human rupture!

  • 142 Scorpio Feb 10, 2009 at 5:12 pm

    I have had dreams of an upcoming apocalypse and although you may think me mad i am actually starting to believe this stuff could happen. I`ll tell you my story:

    Since i was a child i have experience visions and glimpses of horrific scenes such as skeletons with flesh limply attatched to them, buildings burning, people dying and other scenes to horrific to mention. I have also bieng plagued with a series of continuous nightmares that haunt me even in the day. These nightmares show me heading up a hill, next i am on this metal gantry and infront of me is this gap with flames burning all around i jump over. The only other thing i remember from my dreams that is the same everytime is my death i am killed i dont know how i just. The only thing i can percieve the dream means is that i will die to save tons of people.

    Also when i am heading up the hill there are a few people with me a boy who i dont know long black hair and dark blue jeans. There is also a girl who i recall bieng called Sarah paylien or just sarah (I know the last name begins with a p)

    If anyone can tell me what these dreams and visions mean it would help me alot.

  • 143 Paul G. Feb 10, 2009 at 9:35 pm

    Thanks for your input as well Sam. I’ve been telling all my friends about the website. At my school, we are required to blog everyday before we leave. The teachers don’t care what we blog on, so all my friends and I always blog on here. I try to blog on a variety of the posts. I don’t always remember, but I do my best. Anyways I think the websites great and you’re doing an awesome job keeping it maintained and up to date. Let me know what’s going on with the shooting targets. If you can, I prefer for you to e-mail me because I check my e-mail more often then the blog. [REDACTED]@gmail.com
    I don’t want anyone sending me any crap or random nonessential BS that I don’t need. This is for Sam to e-mail me only. If however, you have something vital or important to tell me then you may e-mail me. Aside from that I will do my best to maintain blogging on the blog. Signing out. Paul Gottselig.
    a.k.a Slim Shady 00

  • 144 Pvt Unknown Feb 12, 2009 at 7:39 pm

    man seems like for ever since i been back on here, hey everyone, i just got back from doing movements in Missori, i had no internet connection or any means getting on, but anywho, me and a bunch of guys were talking about this website, it seems it has become pretty popular among us soldiers, when we were out in the field doing movements i couldnt help but imagin what was going on in the redzone we were not aloud to go near, it didnt seem much, just a office looking building in the middle of the woods but it was surrounded in 8 foot fences with constina wire with the sign “use of lethel force beyond this point” and the useal government signs saying stay out, so me and a couple of guys decided to get a closer look at it, it has one main complex, with two small bunker type hangers, and you can tell people were there because at night that place shined like hell its self, but anywho, all we were told it was a “spook” training grounds, or it was a research center for ballistics and anti ballistic weapons,

    whats your guys take on it?

  • 145 joanne Feb 12, 2009 at 8:04 pm

    hi i just wanted to share a dream i also keep having i assume its the year 2012 becuse im 21 in my dream and im always in my house when these zombies attack me, i have told my friends of the probality of a zombie attack would be the end of the world but sad for them they dont understand. and since i was little i always had this fascination with zombies i dont know why?

  • 146 rached Feb 16, 2009 at 4:59 am

    i think there will be very little survivers left but the infection must be powerful to kill everyone.that can happen dont worrie its a poossablity

    we can survive the infection we need to be tough heres a survival guide

    1.get LOTS of weapons

    2.find a base with a escape rout

    3.get a strong base with lots of food

    4.have at least 3 friends

    5.have electricity

    there thats only 5 steps thats simple

  • 147 rached Feb 16, 2009 at 5:00 pm

    my theory for end of the world is a zombie diease.it is unlikely but the might be one because we might be in a nuc lear war. a chemical my spill into lakes ponds a oceans. turning it into a undead diease. man hasen`t been careful enough so be prepade.

  • 148 Your Darkest Desire Feb 17, 2009 at 7:11 pm

    unfortunately, rached, it isnt a simple as that. there are many different varriables that can determine #1:where you can go. where is actual open right now? you cant just find a “strong base” just around the corner #2:food stores. if you dont stock up beforehand, you need to ration food. you also need some place to find/stock up on supplies. #3:your going to have to find out ways to get those “lots of weapons”. if you mean firearms you also need “lots of ammo”. keep in mind, ammo runs out, so you will need mele. and “getting electricity”? how, praytell, are you going to manage that? the only way i can think of is a generator, and you need some form of gas, or preexisting energy for those to work, which in time, run out. you should probably think a little harder on your “5 simple steps”.

  • 149 Jake Feb 22, 2009 at 2:31 pm

    Erm U.K will be the worst because we have no weapons apart from blunt hand held ones, unless we invade tha army or armed police but still we will go within a month or so, if it happened, but i will still be young in 2012 :’(, anywanyz so im saying this because 1 i also dream about zombie apocolipse and i cant really follow those 5 ‘simple’ steps.

  • 150 Sam Feb 22, 2009 at 8:25 pm

    Rached, I’m sorry but your plan makes no sense and is entirely unexecutable as it takes nothing into consideration regarding location, timeframe or size of outbreak. Get lots of weapons? From where? Life isn’t a video game, there aren’t crates of guns just lying about. You’ll also need ammo for those firearms, and ammo is heavy. Have electricity? Where is it going to come from?

    Instead, try to come up with some manageable, plausible plans for where you are *right now*, if that’s the school room on your iphone, or on a train in the middle of the desert. Stay alert, keep moving.

  • 151 Paul G. Feb 23, 2009 at 10:06 pm

    Hey guys, what’s up? I’m with Sam on Rached’s post. Like he said. Life isn’t a video game. You can’t just find guns anywhere. Guns cost lots of money. And don’t plan on robbing a gunstore in the midst of a zombie apocalypse. Because everybody else has the same idea. I hope you aren’t dreaming about mowing down zombies with an M16 assault rifle and blowing up crowds with frag grenades. There’s no way to get them in the first place. And how exactly do you plan on having electricity? It’s not like Avista is gonna stay locked up at the power plant to ensure that you can play video games while the world is ending. I doubt you’re gonna lug a bunch of generators to your base either. Don’t mean to diss on you or anything but your plan sucks. You wanna make a good plan? OK. Here’s step 1. Go to your nearest bookstore and by the zombie survival. Step 2. Read it. And don’t skim through it either. Actually go through the whole thing. Cause it has tons of great information. Hell, just by reading the book you’re guaranteed to have a 20% better survival chance. Well anyways, I gotta run. But don’t just blow me off. Take it to heart. Seriously. Peace out.

  • 152 Colt Feb 24, 2009 at 3:24 am

    There is no end of the world prediction…. Google that shit… You’re an idiot…. I really kill zombies….

  • 153 Rob Feb 24, 2009 at 4:04 pm

    Well I’ve gotta say this website has made one interesting read. I have also been having very realistic recurring nightmares that mirror many of the ones that I’ve read here. I think I’ve been playing too much Fallout 3.

  • 154 Rob Feb 24, 2009 at 4:19 pm

    I was just going to mention a great read. World War Z. It will really add fuel to your Zombie nightmares. I know it did mine. Oh and Paul G is right about the Zombie survival guide. It’s awesome.

  • 155 Mathew Feb 24, 2009 at 8:01 pm

    I seem to be having the same nightmares as everyone else here with a zombie outbreak. One question sam if zombies do outbreak do you think that they will be able to smell you and find where you are hiding?

  • 156 Kevin Feb 26, 2009 at 7:01 am

    flesh eating humans more likely? zombies come from the grave. if its about a virus it’ll be raged human beings. not zombies. if this kind of stuff is gona occur i’ll be glad to step in the military. i’ve always wanted that.

  • 157 SaintAndrue Mar 1, 2009 at 1:00 am

    I still want my Zombie Bush jr, and fellow pot smoker “I smoked pot, but didnt inhale” mr B. Clintin aka z/s/fs
    o/t/r
    m/o/i
    b/n/e
    i/e/n
    e/r/d

  • 158 Mino Mar 1, 2009 at 11:02 pm

    Is this real ? I just wonder?

  • 159 Brandon969 Mar 3, 2009 at 11:06 pm

    I strongly believe that this outbreak is going to happen on 12/21/12 I have taken facts I have read from this site and from http://WWW.December212012.com and the more I think about it the more it seems like it is going to happen. I am also working on a group that focuses on this date and the undead. You need to get a Steam account to join the group but it is free! When I made this group I wanted only people in The Northern Virginia area to join, but I now think that any one from any where should join to get all the updates about the date and Zombies. So if you aren’t from Northern Va you can still join!! On the home page of my group. I have a link that take you to this site because I think everyone should take a look. Hear are the directions: http://www.steamcommunity.com. When you get steam account click on the community tab. go up to the search box at the top right hand corner and type in Northern VA Zombie Survival group When you get to this page click join group!

  • 160 Pvt Unknown Mar 5, 2009 at 1:25 pm

    hey whats up guys, again its been awhile since i posted, hope you didnt miss me to much, but if you guys want a good plan, Sam mentioned many times to keep moving, It wont matter if you tons of guns or ammo, the best bet you have is to pack light, and keep on the move away from heavy populated areas, dont stay in an area longer then you need to, and personally, instead of fire arms (besides one or two small caliber hand guns or rifles .22 cal) i would carry a bow and arrow, not for zombie killing rather for hunting. stay away from military or police locations, they are the ones who is going to get hit the most. Reason for this is because there the most likely to be set up as a casualty collection point, a refugee point or is just going to be heavily guarded. not to shoot anyone done but im pretty sure Sam would agree with me:

    1. pack light
    2.stay agile and alert
    3. dont make perminant fortafications, there more prone to be over run
    4.only carry light caliber rifles, there lighter to carry, not to mention ammo is plentiful if you need to raid a gun shop in your journy
    5.move in a small group, 3-5 people, if you need to, break up into two groups, and travel close but not close enough to attract unwanted attention
    6. always have an escape route (doesnt always mean backtracking)
    7. in a group keep communications (silent ones are prefered)
    8.try to take map reading classes, (that WILL save your life)
    9.keep noise discipline
    10.stay fit, stay alive, mentally and physicly, there will be alot of running, climbing, jumping etc.

    thats about as basic as it gets, alot of them you already know, and trust your gut insticnts, dont second doubt something,

    And that will be about it of my training expertise, any more questions id be happy to explain, or im sure Sam will too

  • 161 Colin Mar 8, 2009 at 7:50 pm

    Hi again guys, long since I posted too.

    I have a question, Pvt Unknown, but it might be kinda silly. :P

    What if you found a really decent place to fortify? Maybe some castle or farm far from a dense population.
    Would you barricade then? Or would you just keep on moving.

  • 162 KiWi Mar 14, 2009 at 5:16 am

    okay, think about it, it wont last forever, i mean the whole earth has like only 100 billion people or so i dont know. They kill cuz theyre hungry right? So lets say if 1 country has.. say 10 survivors, and the country has like i dont know 10billion people? so in the end if all the survivors die, the zombie has nothing else to eat, and they will be too hungry and eat each other, till 100 billion zombies from around the world is too damn hungry and eat each other till theres like 1 more left, and the building will be too old and collapse thus killing the last one, AND THEN maybe an egg in the farm has hatched and all the others too, and mate and breed and mate and breed and MAYBE we will be chickens after the apocalypse so…. yeah….

  • 163 Brandon969 Mar 14, 2009 at 6:52 pm

    OK zombies don’t need food to survive there dead the virus that has made its home in the brain has just switched on this natural instinct to attack and eat. They also don’t attack each other i don’t know why but they don’t probably cause the virus in the brain scenes this or something like that.

  • 164 No-j (Jon) Mar 18, 2009 at 7:00 am

    Well for about 7 years now I have belived in them, the undead I do belive something like this will happen and no matter how much bad this sound I hope for it too there is too many ungreatful people living and take it as a joyride so for this to happen it will wipe them out because they will be to stupid to know whats going on or for the fact to kill there own friend who is trying eat them alive. I DO BELIVE AND i WILLL BE READY NO MATTER WHAT AND i WILL HAVE THE HEART TO KILL WHO EVER DON’T BE DUMB the sad part is it will be are fault tho the U.S. we dont know what were messing with half the time and will make something like zombies if not we will make zombies for combat or something dumb like that but good to know there are so many other people that belive in it so atleast some people will live…….

  • 165 Rob Mar 18, 2009 at 5:26 pm

    No-J. Are you like 8 years old. You are calling out other people for being dumb and that is one of the most retarded paragraphs I’ve ever had the displeasure of reading. You’re IQ is probably on par with the undead so you may just go unnoticed by the Zombie horde.

  • 166 No-J Mar 19, 2009 at 6:34 am

    Im not calling out anyone I was saying if it were to happen no would have the heart too kill anyone and wow how old are you hating on some one whos just saying how they feel on a topic grow up your self its a blog im sure other people feel the same on my statement oh by the way Im 18 bro so if your going to bash someone go on a fucking myspace blog so just chill man

  • 167 Ian Mar 23, 2009 at 1:07 am

    To be really honest, if and when the world turns to such a state. i dont really know hat i would do. All of you say you have these big guns and all this food and ammunition. but really, robbing a gun store would be alot of other people’s first choices aswell. If i knew i was definately going to die, i would most likely top myself as i could not cope with getting half of my neck ripped to shreds and coming back to life attempting to feed on my family’s corpses. Overall, i really hope this is some religious story and hope it does not turn into a fact. However, my master plan would be to go to the dock when we keep our boat and take as much food and clothing and weaponry as i could find and drop the anchor at say and sit the whole thing out… Hopefully…

  • 168 Yobbs Mar 24, 2009 at 4:53 am

    to be honest i really do believe that zombies will come but what if they do i mean i believe that something like a virus or something related to that will happen BEFORE the supposed end of the world date i mean we will know if something wierd is going to happen and i think that if it happens its going to catastrophic at that certain date and i have heard of certain things that would help is the so called “undead” or “zombies” do walk the earth obviously you want to be as low key as possible not using guns unless silenced. machetes and other long sharp weapons would do the trick i suppose and as far as transportation goes you have to have a quiet fast ride to get away possibly a bycicle but the only way your going to get away is if you peddle hard as fuck and book it because ive got a feeling if it happens they are going to be able to run and they arent going to be stupid as some people think….

  • 169 Ian Mar 25, 2009 at 12:12 am

    ^ Totally agree :). However, i wouldn’t start worrying yet. its when you hear on the new that the virus has reached ‘Global proportions’. thats when you need to rob a gun store and stock up on food. i want to be somewhere secure and somewhere where i know there will be lots of normal people. and also, if they will be able to run like they do in the movies like dawn of the dead and 28 weeks later, then we are all fucked. :) oh well. all i’d need is a gun barrel to put down my throat LOL!

    Also, i find it fascinating that people are interested in something completely out of this world like i am! Lool.

  • 170 James Mar 25, 2009 at 5:14 pm

    will a .22 air rifle kill them off ? lol thats all i got..

  • 171 sian Mar 25, 2009 at 11:36 pm

    okay so what about this.. You say that you think a zombie invasion will happen but what is a zombie ? You refer to a zombie as a undead cannibal but isnt that what the media potrays it to be ?
    Correct me if im wrong but the only reason people know what a ‘zombie’ is would be because of the media.
    All these books and films basically set up a zombie to be an undead thing that feeds on human flesh..Oh and of course the fact that the disease can only be spread by a bite.
    My point is that withouht all these films would there be such a thing as a zombie, would people even know what one is ? Is this just another pointless article ?

  • 172 sian Mar 25, 2009 at 11:37 pm

    ^^ not article … forum :)

  • 173 Sam Mar 26, 2009 at 7:45 pm

    @ Sian: This is an article, but this post has certainly almost turned into a forum. A quote from The Epic of Gilgamesh I wrote on my contact page, illustrating that the legend, truth or myth of the undead has been around as long as we have:

    “Father give me the Bull of Heaven, So he can kill Gilgamesh in his dwelling. If you do not give me the Bull of Heaven, I will knock down the Gates of the Netherworld, I will smash the doorposts, and leave the doors flat down, and will let the dead go up to eat the living! And the dead will outnumber the living!”

  • 174 Jordan Mar 29, 2009 at 1:33 am

    @ Drew’s Dream from January

    I remember when I was around 9 years old or so I had a dream about a friend and his family that I hadn’t met yet. I was in their van and it was night time I was sitting next to my friend’s little sister his dad was driving his mom was in the passenger seat he was on the other side of his sister in the back seat with me. We headed to a waffle house with a neon green sign. For years I remembered that dream vividly and when I finally met my friend and his family and they invited me to that waffle house everything happened just as it had in my dream. Mind you since then I rarely remember my dreams, which worries and saddens me, and I do not believe I have dreamt anything particularly prophetic whether to my personal future or that of others. However, due to that incident I’m not allowed to deny the ability for prophecy “Seeing is believing” as they say. While it is a terrifying thought you should definitely gear up and be ready for the events your mind has shown to be coming your way. Thanks for sharing buddy, and good luck to ye.

  • 175 brian Mar 31, 2009 at 5:57 pm

    if you are all as serious as you say you are all the guns and ammo and food isnt going to protect you on top of getting guns buy a complete bio suit also sometype of bunker i have some freinds who are thinking about useing a cement 2000 gallon septic tank and buring it above the waterline there only about 500 bucks and will last a long time and there quite roomie about 7ft high and plenty of room for guns can goods and cots if your gonna take this seriously plan out every step because even if you miss the smallest step it could mean your life also guns are just useless hunks of metal and plastic without ammo keep atleast 1000 rounds for each firearm and buy reloading equiptment because i dont think the ammo factorys will still be open i know i will be ready will you ?????

  • 176 Leigh Apr 1, 2009 at 2:42 am

    I have zombie nightmares too. Just a side note: I was born in ’82 and my birthday doesn’t have a 5 anywhere in it, so there goes wherever that was leading. Sorry to spoil the fun.

    Anyway, I started having zombie nightmares right before I started having panic attacks. In them I was always protecting my little sister. She’s 14 years younger than me and I really do feel more like she’s my kid rather than my sister. I don’t really think the dreams were prophetic, but came on more from a desire to protect my sister from the monstrosities of the world.

    This is how my zombie obsession started. Now I can’t stop and that’s what led me here. Interesting… I buy it. Otherwise, why would I be poking around the internet for… Well, I’m not exactly sure what I’m looking for. I want to say proof.

    I can’t say I’m collecting guns. Maybe I should start. LOL All I’ve got is a couple of swords and a bowling pin. Let’s rock -n- roll!

  • 177 Karamitsos securitidis Apr 2, 2009 at 5:48 pm

    Great! another chance to become a zombie!

  • 178 SaintAndrue Apr 4, 2009 at 11:11 pm

    Ian Mar 25, 2009 at 12:12 am…………..oh well. all i’d need is a gun barrel to put down my throat LOL!
    ****** and pull the trigger lmao….. a barrel would only help ya breath better, screw that just stay on the safe side of my mini gun, ill do my best to save ya all, just dont be stingy with the chef bo yardi feed the dude that helps protect u guys and never, and i mean never use fire on the zombies, worst thing other then your friends trying to eat your brains cause their zombies, is your friends, recently turned zombies, on fire trying to eat your brains, huge hordes of flaming dead ppl just wont help out the situation, this being said, flamthrowers are not permited, see im in Canada so im safe in the winter, but its the summers i worrie about, like birds chirping, ppl laughing, swimming in uninfested zombie waters, man i dont wanna do a lap to the other side of the cottage and get pulled down by something that cant feel nor breath, jesus, thatd suck, anyways hope you are all safe and not de-brained after the outbrake happens in 2012, i still want my zombie clinton pet tho, leave him chained to my bong…

  • 179 zombo Apr 7, 2009 at 8:05 pm

    I’ll go to the country or somewhere rural enough that there won’t be many people and I’ll take all the weed that will fit in my tank. Then I’ll set up a base with 50 caliber guns all over the place and then at night, I’ll dress like a ninja and be all silent and stealthy and take all the healthy women from all the surrounding camps and bring them back to my base. Then I’ll make a microchip to implant in all the women’s brains that will make them fall in love with me. Then I’ll make a computer program to control all the guns and some tanks so I can spend all my time alone with my robot wives and we will make a lot of children but I won’t love them and I’ll just make them work all the time and steal more women for me to be my wives. By that time, the zombies will have killed all the survivors and it will just be me and 3000 women and all our slave children. Then I’ll saw off their arms and replace their arms with swords so they can go kill all the zombies because they will already be trained like ninja’s. Then by that time, I will have mastered the Force and I’ll be a Jedi Knight and I’ll lead all my slave children into battle against the zombie army. Some of my slave children will have chainsaw’s for arms, too. I forgot to mention that part. Then, after we kill the first wave of 20,000 zombies, we will go back to my base and party with vodka. But not the slave children. They will have to work in the fields. Then after a few weeks, I will invent a computer program to control the space station in space and send a laser to kill the zombies around the world. That’s what I would do.

  • 180 Pvt Unknown Apr 9, 2009 at 10:22 pm

    hey again whats up guys, and for your question colin, it depends on the situation at hand and how far spread the infection/virus has spread, class one being the least threatening of a zombie outbreak yes, it would be ideal and a safe haven for refugees fleeing from areas under seige or attack, class two its a bit shaky but with enough resources and hands it could hold, but personally i wouldnt, even though a castle of heavy fortified area can hold out against some of the most rugged seiges, there not impregnable, so me i would stick to keep on moving, class three, steer clear from castles and or other fortifications, chances are others already seeked shelter there, or it is alread been claimed by the undead.

    me personally im a loner by trade, i will help other travelers, but i will not move in a group larger then three for tactical reasons. but i prefer alone, just due to the fact its harder to cetch one guy then it is to cetch a team or group. but it is a good question. just depends on the scenerio and you cant forget about location location location.

    and oh btw way for who ever said the thing about the media painting the image of what a zombie is, a little history comeing your way, like sam said tons and tons of cultures have what seems to be zombies or undead figure, christianity, catholic, budhist, satanics, wiccist, and other countless religions all have ther term or saying “and when hell over flows, the dead shall walk the earth” biblical and historical events catapulted zombies to be what they are,

    anyway im gonna stop talking before i write a noval on sams lovely site, best wishes to all of you, ill try to post more often so i dont take up huge spaces, later guys and girls

  • 181 Dan Apr 13, 2009 at 1:14 am

    Hi, my name is Daniel and I can’t sleep not cause of the 2012 stuff.I just can’t sleep and I keep getting lucid dreams, when I do get to sleep and it’s not very nice what happens in them (lucid dreams are dreams in which you can controll your self, if you didn’t know) any way does anyone know any ways to help me cope with them cause when I wake up I don’t know what’s real and I hulusinate and once I didn’t no if my father was real. And no I’m not crazy and stuff and I know what’s real and stuff after about 3 hours of living hell

  • 182 SaintAndrue Apr 13, 2009 at 2:17 am

    Shit Dan sorry to hear this 2012 shit creaps ya out and your sleeping habits have changed, best advice i can say is smoke a big fat j, kick back after boarding up all windows and doors, arm yourself to the teeth, and never ever forget zombies and fire dont mix, plus watch out i just saw a few on your street its started already, their invading all urban areas, most are controlled by there alien leaders and theyv evolved to understand each other like in “i am legend” serriously tho, steven hawkings is controlling them through his wheelchair computer, and he’s armed with a .45, check that link i posted on here ill post it again, it should help ya sleep better, http://www.liveleak.com/view?i=eba_1194545072 that should clear some of your probs, peace :)

  • 183 caboose Apr 13, 2009 at 11:47 pm

    the world will end with zombies.

  • 184 jimmy Apr 13, 2009 at 11:54 pm

    how do you know,dude. but the bad part is i believe you. it will happen, but if dosen’t some day it will. GUYS THAT BELIEVE IN ZOMBIES HEAR ME OUT , leave a comment if you agree with me. oh ya if it happens….use your head….cut off theirs……

  • 185 kyle at guppylove@live.co.uk Apr 14, 2009 at 2:42 pm

    its (use your head ,destroy thiers) stupid LOL

  • 186 jimmy Apr 14, 2009 at 10:36 pm

    whatever still it kills them

  • 187 Dead eye Apr 14, 2009 at 11:14 pm

    kyle at guppylove@live.co.uk Apr 14, 2009 at 2:42 pm

    its (use your head ,destroy thiers) stupid LOL

    Talk about irony.
    Hey stupid! That should read;
    It’s “Use your head, destroy theirs” stupid. *LOL*

  • 188 Dan Apr 15, 2009 at 8:30 am

    Lol, it’s not 2012 stuff that gives me the creeps it’s my dreams

  • 189 unknown Apr 17, 2009 at 12:48 am

    what happened in your dreams that scare you…..oh ya”jimmy” it is Use your head, destroy theirs……duhhhhhh

  • 190 Narek Apr 22, 2009 at 11:51 am

    2012, the ending of an old era and the beginning of a new one…

    I’ve had talks with quite a few of my friends, we’ve all had the dreams ranging from running away from zombies to taking them down in very unique and creative ways. Only way to say yea or nay on whether it will happen is to wait and see.

    Humanity will live on as it always does so do not fret.

    As for me, I already know my fate and multiple people have mentioned it to me.

    Just as a friendly reminder, be smart when in a crisis who you keep by your side.

  • 191 Chris Apr 26, 2009 at 2:35 pm

    hmm, everyone seems to be putting in their birthdays and wondering if they mean anything, you seem not to figure that joseph only put his because it is the 21/12 – the end of the world (apparently)

    the fear of zombies has been somewhat omnipresent in my life so i do find this topic somewhat disconcerting once understanding the fear behind it.
    It is my belief that the zombies we shall face will not be the undead per-se, instead disease ridden proto human being with limit motor or cogitative functions, but that the diseases which have swept the world will have left the survivors a distinct minority. The infected will not becessarily be out to kill people but will be driven to such extremes bu their simple desires to feed.

    the idea of sitting it out at home with beer and guns certainly holds appeal

  • 192 Nick L. Apr 29, 2009 at 9:42 pm

    Is anyone else thinking about the whole swine flu thing becoming a global epidemic? Not with zombies, of course, but still, it’s pretty freaky to think about.

  • 193 Alex E. Apr 30, 2009 at 2:50 pm

    I hope that the swine flu doesn’t become a global epidemic, but i could certaintly see it happening. I live in Arkansas and three or four days ago there was no one that had swine flu even close to us, but as of yesterday there are nine cases of the flu just in my county alone.

  • 194 Pvt Unknown May 1, 2009 at 1:07 am

    yeah i been hearing the swine flue is going from place to place like wild fire, i have some theories on it, like weaker immune systems (which is true) but i think in all honesty the swine flue is nothing more then a mutated strand of the regular flue virus, theres shots for them, but the problem isnt with the virus itself, its with the people, heres why

    1) weaker immune systems, all food is processed and thus eliminating all germs and viral organisms that is consumed (which is good for health, but bad for immune systems, every generation that eats the processed foods, there immune system looses ability to combat certain microscopic terrorist)

    2) hightend stress levels of modern day society, lets all face it, living now a days requires alot of $$$ and if you dont get alot of it its tough to make ends meet, and thus you get stressed over things that shouldnt be stressed over, (it has been proven that stress can cause your body not to function at high levels and thus your body is prone to cetch sickness)

    3) obesity, i know this is a lame thing to say but lets face it, (and i dont mean offence over those who have this issue) but there is one thing that helps keep the body operating sufficiantly and thats exercise not only is it good to be able to run from hordes of zombies, but its also good for the body to fight off dieses causing organisms,

    so theres the solution to the swine virus, and i might as well as throw in wash your darn hands dont wait untill you have zombie brain matter on your hands to wash them, wash them for the sake of your health :)

    so anywho, i can see this becomeing a global issue since how fast it is burnning through everyone, but keep in mind, lets not forget the bird flue in asia, it was a big big scare this could be just another one of those, but still, anywho, this is PFC Unkown (i haz been promoted) and i leave it to you guys to shoot me down or what not, just dont make it to severe, :)

  • 195 Alex E. May 1, 2009 at 7:20 pm

    If something does happen in the year 2012 I will only be 20 years old and probably in pretty good shape. I used to play highschool football and thats kept me in shape for the past 3 years. I’m a bigger set guy but I can move just as fast as the rest of my friends. My friends and I always come up with random senarios and figue out where to go and what to do. The best we’ve come up with would be to go to Devils Den, whic is a national state park thats only about 30min away if your hauling ass. Then once were there we’ll just going hiking for about a day and set up camp high in the mountains were no one lives. We can use the materials we brought to hunt and fish and stay warm.

    So thats my plan of action. Just wondering if that sounded pretty solid. Constructive critisism is always appreciated.

  • 196 Pvt Unknown May 2, 2009 at 1:40 am

    lol thats pretty good man, nothing says a good camping trip like a zombie apocolypse :D it seems pretty solid, and of coarse theres criticism, its a good plan if its temporary, one thing alot of people might not include is the fact that animals such as deer and other foord sources tend to run when zombies are around let alone they run when a healthy man is near, its a good plan dont get me wrong, but any perminate fabrications could pose bravado, something any survivor can do with out, heck even if you build yourself a nice sturdy fortress it could fall to the zombie horde, primitive but relentless, id say you should move base camp in numerous places within the forest, use a compus and a local map of the area to allow yourself some wiggle room from heavy populated areas, light suburban areas, to small settlements,

    (take map reading coarses IT WILL SAVE YOUR LIVES ZOMBIE APOCOLYPSE OR NOT)

    also basic survival is a good thing, its kinda pointless to go into the bush without proper gear and the know how to use them, practice and take basic first aid classes, and if your going to use a kind of bow, (compound, crossbow or long) practice makes perfect,

    know your local animals, snakes, bears, mountainlions/cougers, venomous spiders ETC. and know how to handle them,

    but other then that alex its a good plan, just try not to get eaten by a bear or a couger, its one thing to fall victim of a zombie bite, but its another for being careless and getting eaten by a gian kitty, like Drill Seargeant Holcom always told me, respect the enviroment your in, and keeping a sharp eye to details will bring you out alive, watch your six, stick close to freinds or team mates, and kill some zombies (she didnt say the zombie part but it was close enough)

  • 197 jon May 2, 2009 at 8:53 pm

    Hey sam, amazing website. I’ve been reading all these posts for the past week in social studies class (haha). It’s strange.. my parents are nice, All-American folks living in the middle of Kansas (we aren’t hicks, by any means — my dad is a tech guy). They have always shunned horror/zombie/monster themed media, and I have never seen a movie of that genre. I’ve always been ridiculously curious of zombies, which is odd because as I mentioned I have never been exposed to that kind of thing. I even had a zombie plan worked out by the time i was 12. I would…
    1. Get my kitchen knife block with all the knives and keep a knife close at all times
    2. Load up my mom’s minivan with some supplies
    3. Get my friend if he is ready, because he has a zombie plan too
    4. Go

    I’m 14, but i can shoot a gun fine. Its a shame I wont be old enough to legally own a gun, as I’ve been eyeing FN P-90s (not very good for zombies, but hell. It’s a gun).

    One question for you guys, but especialy Sam: If you favor the lay-low-and-keep-moving plan over the find-a-fortress plan.. how do you plan to get any sleep? I would be too scared without some walls or barricades. Maybe somewhere a zombie couldn’t climb, use a ladder? Just an idea, feedback welcome.

    Godspeed
    Jon

  • 198 Jon May 3, 2009 at 2:20 am

    Also, fellas. You guys are just psyching yourselves up into dreaming all this goofy shit. I’ve had zombie nightmares too. It’s natural to dream about it if you think about it a lot.

  • 199 Pvt Unknown May 3, 2009 at 5:32 am

    true on the dream part jon, but studies have shown that some dreams (although rare) can show future events, ever had a deja vu? yeah its similar to that, as for the stay low keep moving plan, sam can answer that better then i can, im a light sleeper by nature, and since i been hardwired by the military to be able to sleep anywhere at any time (which i can do pretty damn good lol) it wouldnt be hard to sleep outdoors, but i agree with you on its scary as shit to sleep outdoors with out something to defend yourself, thats why i say build miniture fortifications, nothing fancy just basic walls, or tie strings around trees with bells on it, so when one gets close by the bells will signal you to get ready

    Also with the FN p-90′s awsome gun vary high tech, and i agree with it being a gun, damn good gun to be exact, but keep in mind, could you break down the gun and clean it? and when it jams or misfires how will you be able to handle it safely with out personal harm? just some questions to think about when you find yourself a handy weapon, and welcome to the site, kinda sucks your parents deprive you of the unique experiance that horror movies can give

  • 200 Pvt Unknown May 3, 2009 at 5:37 am

    and an add on to the sleeping outdoors, use the buddy system on that, one sleeps while the other keeps watch and take turns after so many hours, we done that when were out in the field doing FTX and when i was over seas and outside the wires, we would find an abandoned house (which will be alot of them) and have two or three lookouts depending our team, then take turns sleeping, thats one of the best ways to do it

  • 201 Jess C May 3, 2009 at 12:19 pm

    Eh. I don’t believe that the apocalyse will come in 2012, but I’m sure that a disease that induces zombie-like states could come about.

    To be honest, I find this all a little annoying, because of all the people who will argue this untill they can no longer talk and not leave me to not believe in an apocalypse, but what REALLY irks me is in comment 52, Jacob said they’d times it all to get 23… but 23 is a prime number, ie you can’t multiply anything by anything to get 23 :/

    says something about my priorities :p

  • 202 ShannonC May 4, 2009 at 12:34 am

    Hey, I’m new to this site but I’ve always loved zombie movies and I believe with the advances of modern science that a zombie pandemic is possible, sooner than some people would like to admit. I have started to think that it would be a good idea to be prepared for a zombie attack, afterall, if you’re prepared for zombies to attack you’ll pretty much be prepared for anything. I live several hours away from my family and I was hoping that someone out there could tell me about other forms of communication other than cell phones and land line phones because, lets face it, those probably won’t be working. Is there some kind of two-way radio device I could invest in that would be portable and fairly reliable if my family had one as well? If anyone knows anything about this subject please let me know, it would be greatly appreciated. When something does happen it would be nice to know my family is okay.

  • 203 CRaymond. May 4, 2009 at 5:07 am

    2012 is possible for the end of the world or something great. I believe that a zombie attack is plausable and i have startd taking training in order to be prepared for a zombe pandemic or any other disaster. My team is a search, rescue & eliminate squad, but I believe that even if you train you will be unprepared for an apocalypse the size of that magnitude. The theory of zombies has been proven time and time again accept for the one of the dead returning like in some bullshit movie *COUGH* RESIDENT EVIL, SHAUN OF THE DEAD, OR ANYOTHER Of THAT TYPE *COUGH* Shaun of the dead was fucking funny though.

    Toxoplasma gondii is most likely what will cause it.

    but serioursly people do you really have the courage to kill a 9 year old little girl rushing to take a fucking bite out of your arm, or even shoot your parents, friends, or any other family. because trust me people not everyone is gonna make it out alive infact most of us will be dead.

    & shannonC to answer your question basically all lines for radio would be down not counting radios in those big rig trucks. you could probably use those. not sure.

    Me and my team will be training over the years to be prepared

  • 204 CRaymond. May 4, 2009 at 5:13 am

    yo quote a movie Dawn of the dead. the fictional belief that a zombie attack will happen is this:

    Hell is overflowing, and Satan is sending his dead to us. Why? Because, you have sex out of wedlock, you kill unborn children, you have man on man relations, same sex marriage. How do you think your God will judge you? Well friends, now we know. When there is no more room in hell, the dead will walk the earth.

    One of my favorite quotes ever plus it is a belief as well.

    also another group training is Z.A.P.T you can go on myspace and see them http://www.myspace.com/zapt_stud

    God be with you on your journey.

    CRaymond

  • 205 Alex E. May 4, 2009 at 8:15 pm

    To answere CRaymond I would have to say hell yes i’m ready and willing to take down any age of person or how close of a relation I have with that person. The fact is there not “people” anymore, there zombies and they have to die. I’ve told all my friends that if shit goes down and one of them gets infcted there going to be killed by me or someone else. And same goes with me. If I get infected I told my friends to wait just up to the point when I’m going to turn over then put one through my brain. And I don’t see it as a waste of ammunition, if anything its a better reason to use a bullet. I would never let a family memeber or a friend be a zombie on purpose.

  • 206 CRaymond. May 5, 2009 at 1:23 am

    well duh you would have to kill them or any person who gets infected. but im not saying thats gonna happen the basic thing is to be prepared for any apocalypic happening just be prepared

  • 207 coolio May 5, 2009 at 2:24 am

    this is an awesome site, i never had a dream but i think something will happen, not zombies though, i like the polar shift theorie, to me it is the most logical

  • 208 matthew May 5, 2009 at 2:48 pm

    Cool website im also in my social studies class i dont think the whole sombie thing wont happen but something more along the lines of what happendd in that I am legend movie BRB

  • 209 coolio May 5, 2009 at 10:19 pm

    although i dont think it will happen in 2012 it might, but it would be kinda cool and very dangerous if it did ever happen. i’m pretty sure i would be able to kill anyone thats a zombie because, like Alex E. said, zombies AREN’T really people they are their wlking remains, no soul or brain will remain in them.

  • 210 Jon May 6, 2009 at 2:16 am

    Thanks much for the input, Private. I may get to go out shooting with my friend this summer, and will be able to talk weaponry more then. The only guns I know he owns are a .22 and a .357 Magnum. Would a Magnum make a good side weapon?

    Godspeed
    Jon

  • 211 Alex "O" May 6, 2009 at 4:46 pm

    9mm prolly one of the best guns even though when i turn 18 im gettin my concealed wepons permit and im gettin a 9mm pistol and an sks the best automatic legal in ohio and turnin it into a fully automatic wepon and in the trunk of my car its goin

  • 212 matthew May 6, 2009 at 6:28 pm

    the weapon of my chocie would be a shotgun classic zombie blaster maybe some grendades or flamethrowers yes they are legal, maybe a sniper my dad has a .50 cal (he is in the special forces thats why we have one)

    i think that this zombe thing is a bit overrrated and that you guys actually need to get a life go [REDACTED] do what ever it takes just stop obsessing on zombies ITS NOT GONNA HAPPEN YOU SONS OF BITCHES

    If this does happen you guys are frickin awesome and it would give me a reason to to blow off some heads

    BOOM HEADSHOT!

    IF anyone thinks this will happen leave me a comment

  • 213 PFC Unknown May 10, 2009 at 3:39 am

    well i say a 357. mag is a good weapon, but its more of a heavy caliber, a .22 cal is just as good as a weapon as a 357, only diffrence is 357 has a bunch of kick, big bang, and call fall victim of low ammunition, and it wont be readily availible on mass terms like the .22, but still what ever is at hands is a good enough weapon,

    Matt, Zombies is a theoretical situation, although you may not believe in them, there is a likely hood it will happen, and for the screwing the girls part, been there done that and i got the t-shirt to prove it, sceptics and critics are welcome, but please dont insult, its to easy now a days to prove them wrong take the Atom bomb for example, allthough its well known its possible to build and deploy this kind of weaponry, back before they had these kinds of weapons say back in the middle ages, such a weapon was blasphomy and unrealistic, back in the 1920′s, going to the moon was sci fi, but in the 1950′s it became true, the fact is anything is possible, and the fact your in Social Studies, isnt much credit on your part, :) keep Sharp, open your imaginative young mind you have, and just go with the flow, its that easy :D

    well anyways back to weapons, lol flame thrower would be epic, but we all agree, zombies are bad, flameing zombies are a total diffrent story, a 50. thats just above and beyond the bar, there insanely heavy to deploy, even the sniper version, the ammo, near impossible to get as a civilian, and not to mention there is no way to cary several hundred or thousand rounds, to heavy and to big, but it would be nice to walk around with a big boom stick, just is this wont be like counter strike or halo where you can just pop it into an eventory and it wont effect your combat status,

    Grenades? please, again this isnt resident evil or halo, Fragmentations grenades wont do squat besides blow limbs off, no use for frags, wont get any achievements like Zombiegenocide, but hey, big bang, big show, kinda makes you want to nut yourself and say “oooooo….aaaaaaa….perty” then your RLH because you got swarms of infected zombie like people from a 2 mile radius swarming on you,

    and before you ask, yes, i do know, Privat First Class (name blocked) 585th military Police Company Marysville Ohio Army National Guard two tour Vetern of enderuring freedom and Iraqie Freedom Campaign’s Convoy Security Dispatchment 31 echo,

  • 214 stkizza May 10, 2009 at 4:37 pm

    The idea of a zombie apocalypse like “Dawn of the dead” or “Left 4 Dead ” is very scary but yet so interesting. its the thought of you know….max adrenaline sneaking around, sounds at night….total freedom that catch my interest if you catch my drift. and its not a question of when will it hapen?…it is

  • 215 Jon May 10, 2009 at 8:31 pm

    I hear you stkizza. That appeals to me too, scary as it would be.

    So, Private, no Deagles? Awwww… But I do agree the ammo is too heavy to be useful. Would a pistol grip shotgun be as good as a regular shotgun? I like the fact that they are fast and easy (that’s what she said) to bring up and fire, but they’re impractical sometimes too.

    I think the ability to Parkour would be indispensable in urban and most rural areas. Climbing where the zombies couldn’t reach, getting out of cornered areas.. all with a shotgun slung on your back. Hooah!

    Godspeed,
    Jon

  • 216 PFC Unknown May 11, 2009 at 1:48 am

    lol Deagles would be epic, blasting zombie heads apart with ease, but unfortunatly lifes doesnt like to work that way a pistol grip shotgon is in cases a vary well rounded weapon, often light weight (without the stock) and the speed of which it can be deployed is a relitivley fast weapon, accuracy takes a major hit though, with out proper timieing to aim (which will be chaotic enough with a weapon with a stock) you may burn through ammo trying to get that head shot, but none the less, pistol grip shotguns can be a vary tactical weapon, we used them in Iraq a couple times room clearing and it served us well, but we wernt really cracken headshots left and right, so its up to the user to practice,

    As for Parkour, one of the most AMAZING sports on this planet, Parkour or Free Running would and can be a vary practical/tactical to use, but only in tight spots, no need running then jumping of a two story building just showing off to some of you survival buddies to end up with a spranged ankle or broken bone, then you wont be much of a show off but more as a liability.

    as for me, Parkour/free running is a vary practical tool in your enventory, but like shooting and surviving, its a skill that needs to be learned through trial and error, and this is where traveling light plays its true value, you wont be able to kong or vault over a wall with a ruck sack full of ammo and survival equipement, but if you can hats off to ya, ;)

    well jon, i think that pretty much sums it all up, any more questions give a hoot, if i cant give an answer im positive someone else can

  • 217 BOB May 12, 2009 at 10:37 am

    wow all you guys are gettin hyped up about a so called zombie apocalypse
    i think its f’n stupid
    even if their was some zombie outbreak, think about it
    zombies woldnt take a bite out of your arm and leave you alone and move on 2 some1 else lol
    theyd eat the f out of you and rip you to into pieces, rip ur head off and eat ur brain
    so unless when you turn into a zombie you can regenerate legs, arms, body head and all that shit theres no way of the virus spreading unless it starts of as a simple flu, coughing, sneezing then moving onto vomiting and stuff then like maybe after a week or somthing you become a ‘zombie’
    so that the virus has a chance to get around the world fast enough otherwise it will b as simple as killing off a few slow brain eating mofo’s
    even saying so thiers no way they can gain super human strength, be able to run faster then the average human and that shit, it just woldnt work lol they were humans once
    this is all ‘if’ this happens though
    can people stop trying to make up stupid theories about their dreams and shit
    like we dont mind hearing about your dream, not just you truly believing its a prophecy and that it is going to happen
    i truly dont belive the world will end in 2012 ok its a possibility, with the bird flu, and the swine flu going on
    but i think unless mad secret government scientists are purposely trying to reanimate corpses
    its not going to be zombies, rather a boring simple but lethal virus that kills you

  • 218 Sam May 14, 2009 at 11:35 pm

    Wow, there are some amazing discussions going on here. Keep it all on point, please. And no kibbitzing, or I toss you to the Z’s.

    For those of you who want to stock up for whatever fiendish apocalypse you can imagine, I’ve opened a beta version of the zombie apocalypse store: http://www.undeadreport.com/zombie-apocalypse-survival-gear/

    As always, comments are appreciated. Let me know what else you’d like to see/purchase in the zombie gear store.

  • 219 chris May 19, 2009 at 1:57 am

    like people say thay are bringing hell to earth 2012 things real bad are going to happen i know it remember 09,zombie ants thats a sign

    so guys if thair is a zombie world i have a idea get at least 4 people with you. have any of u guys playen left 4 dead on x box 360 thay say thets going to happen any quistions just call (956)[REDACTED] or (956)[REDACRED]. Do not be alarm i live in donna ,tx i am a zombie expert

  • 220 CRaymond. May 19, 2009 at 3:08 am

    Hey its me again……. now the2012 thing is def. going to happen.
    I’ve been keeping records on my friend namd john Cash (weird ass name by the way) in my neighborhood. in the PA. area. now. if u guys believe this is going to happen….. listen to this shit.

    a few days ago.. he works. down by an metal sheet factory, not really sure, anyways he moniters the sewers.

    by the way he does this everyday. which gotta b a sucky job by the way.
    so hes workin down there. and he gets attacked by sumthin thts wat he sayd. and there is a hugepiece of flesh taken out of his arm. he wraps it up in gazze in sum shit. idk.

    the next day his door is open. and hes been missing for about goin on a week now……. so this is strange.

    oh and yester day i seen a bird bite the flesh off of another bird. and fly at me…….. I was freakd out so i ran bac inside

    u tell me if my neighborhood is gonna urn into zombies.

    oh and by the way no one is missing yet

  • 221 nadz626 May 19, 2009 at 8:41 am

    hey guys. im a lil freaked out about thiswhole end of the world thing =( but sumtyms i do wonder wat it wuld be like if the dead did reanimate. i have read this book recently called world war z by max brooks. great book. seems very real about zombies. i have had a dream 3 times about living in my home in new zealand(a small country next 2 australia) my home is in a kind of bushy area but any way my dream. i am in my house and we have 1 gun. 1 gun! we know the zombies are out there( me and my fam-1 lil sis mum ste dad) were scared shitleess and we havnt even barricadedthe doors . and i accidently drop a knife onto the ground by the door and all these horrible zed heds start sprinting for dear life at me. so iclose the door. all this horrible scratching and shit. then it ends……i wake u in themiddle of the night with a scary feeling dat there are zombies rite owt side my door…..

    i am now going to get my gun license in2012…o shit! fuck im 18 on 2012………hopefully i get sum guns and shit b4 then o fuck……….well ima get mi rifle training in fromnow on……great article….freaky thougt……….seems very real…………email me at nadz626@hotmail.com if u have any good info or want 2 chat bowt a zombie crisis!

    but please no pedifiles!

  • 222 red hand society May 20, 2009 at 7:38 am

    i cant believe it we are not the only ones with the same theory. About one year ago i came across the so called New world order, so i did some research about 9/11 and thier Plans to put us into compact cities and rule us like fedual lords so i created a sort of gang for the porpose of spreading the truth using grafiti and sabotage, but i kept thinking how? how in the world will thet get us into these cities. Easy buy turning 80% of all humans into Zombies and making them look as evil and fugly to scare the rest of the pop ulation prety much beg to get into these cities but also making them slow enougth and stupid enougth so the city guards to handle them. so the NWO is hailed like a hero for keeping the human population safe when it was them all along.

    Email us at random-apples@hotmail.com about any thing

  • 223 Sam May 20, 2009 at 6:42 pm

    As wonderful as the comments are on this particular post, the last four comments don’t really contribute anything but made up sensationalism. Unless you can provide some proof, leave the potential zombie attack scares on Lost Zombies.

  • 224 Stuart May 21, 2009 at 11:45 am

    This all scares the shit out of me.

    my birthdate is 15/6/1990 if anyone needs to know.

    About a week ago I had this disturbing dream about the end of the world, The sky was a sort of purple/orange haze, I was out the front of my house & saw a military blockade but it was abandoned, so I grabbed the M4 (assault rifle), then I heard voices of a woman saying she hired the marine to protect us, after that I was walking through the streets and noticed that I was the only person there. Then I was out in the woods a heard a woman screaming, so I ran to go and help & saw a cabbin, then looked in through a gap outside & saw men in military gear stabbing this women death.Then I woke up but I wasn’t afraid untill I started thinking about the whole 2012 thing.

    I usd to just think it was all BS, but now I’m starting feel scared.

  • 225 billy bob May 22, 2009 at 5:28 pm

    never seen a zombie never will its all made up

  • 226 Oa May 25, 2009 at 5:24 pm

    Not really sure what to say here, but this has been a subject of intense interest for me for over 30 years. I’ve often wondered why the subject of zombies seems to strike such a chord of terror in the hearts of so many people all across the board, so to speak. Of course, it could always be the fact that being eaten alive is quite possibly the worst way a human being could die, but I just happen to think there’s a little more to it than that. I think this taps into a part of the collective human psyche that may actually be able to intuit the future. Until today, I thought I was the only one who thought there was even the remotest chance of this kind of thing happening.

    For the record, I don’t believe in numerology, but my birthday is 9/24/65 (yes, another “5″ birthday). I don’t know about the whole re-animated corpse idea, but I definitely think it’s likely that a virus will occur (naturally or by engineering) that overstimulates the centers of the brain responsible for the basic drives like rage, aggression and yes, even hunger.

    Since so many of you seem to be putting so much stock in your dreams, let me tell you about a series of dreams I had back in the early 90s. In one night, I was repeatedly woken up by a serial dream. It was the same event, but shown in installments after each of which I’d wake up briefly before falling back to sleep (whether I wanted to or not). First, it was the day after “z-day,” then one week after, then one month after, and finally a year later. Although it was clear in my dream that this was a disease and the “zombies” were still living, they acted pretty much like those of the typical movie variety. The exception was that approximately 30% of them simply wandered or sat around without attacking or giggled uncontrollably (as they ripped you apart!) which led to the whole lot being referred to as “gigglers.” I can still remember that creepy, manic, humorless sound and the tragically sad expression on their faces. I keep my ears tuned for it to this day. It would chill your blood.

    I can tell you that, if this dream was accurate, then the movies probably don’t know just how devastating such an epidemic would be. Despite being fairly under control after one year, the planet’s population was down in the 100,000s. In that dream, the virus responsible for the epidemic had a name. It was a rabies hybrid with something called Human Spongeiform Encephalopathy. At the time, the name had no meaning for me (or most of the world), but in just a couple more years, everyone knew about another form of it… the human form of Mad Cow Disease. About seven years ago, I discovered that yet another form of HSE is called Kuru or Polynesian Laughing Sickness. Kuru gets its name from the fact that many of its sufferers laugh uncontrollably as a result of damage to specific parts of the brain. It exists almost entirely among a small group of Pacific Islanders who perform ritual cannibalization of their dead, and is caused when the brain tissue is eaten after decomposition allows a specific bacteria to begin growing in the grey matter. Let me tell you… the day these little bits of information popped up in my internet search, I thought someone had reached into me and yanked my soul out. I’ve had problems sleeping and have been expecting something to happen ever since.

    As for the whole 2012 thing… well, let’s face it — we’ve kind of been here before with Y2K and the “Great Planetary Alignment” before that, and nothing happened. Not so much as a belch. I do admit to feeling just a little more apprehension about this one, however, as the predictions are coming from such a wide variety of cultures and spanning such a long period of time. In the end, I’ll just wait and see, because that’s really all we can do. Stewing about all of this really isn’t going to do us any good. Still… it scares the crap out of me!

    Oh, and for those skeptics out there… anyone who dismisses ANYTHING so completely is a fool. Remember: there’s almost no such thing as an impossibility. I can’t remember who (I think it might have been William Shakespeare), but someone once said that anything that man can imagine is not only possible, it’s probable.

    After all, not too long ago, they said black holes were impossible.

    And before that, going to the moon.

    And before that, flight.

  • 227 wesker May 27, 2009 at 7:20 am

    i think it will gonna happen on 2012 or in the near future,and if my family will gone,ha! i will never join the group of survivors,i will fight,run and hide by my own,now?
    start your body exercises to improve your body stamina and endurance for running,and push ups and pumpingz for stong punches and kick! hahaha! prepare your melee weapons,make your self as a stealth assassin,and keep on moving,and if you got trapped in the corner,….CHARGE!!!! kill many zombies as you can before god will kill you!!!

    hahahaaha see ya in heaven!

  • 228 RAWRRR May 27, 2009 at 10:13 am

    i dont get it why do u all say to keep moving woldnt u just stay in 1 spot and fortify up
    its not like thiers an infinity amount of zombies whereas if u kept moving ud be more likely to attract zombies

  • 229 Oa May 28, 2009 at 3:14 pm

    RAWRRR makes a good point. For a bunch of zombie afficionados, a lot of you don’t seem to have thought this thing out very much.

    I suppose if you REALLY wanted to prepared yourself for this thing, you’d be buying property somewhere fairly remote, building an extensive underground complex of secure bunkers, and stocking it with supplies not just for immediate use, but for extended self-sufficiency. This would have to include materials, livestock, seeds, and as many books on the basics of agriculture, animal husbandry, engineering, medicine, chemistry, and so forth.

    Best-case scenario would be to buy an island in a moderate climate where you could grow your own out in the open (without the need for grow-lights, generators and air exchange systems) and make sure to surround the island with some kind of barrier (maybe something similar to the barriers of World War II — something like a series of thick, sharp, pointed pikes deeply embedded at the shoreline and pointing outward to spear anything attempting to gain access). Obviously, once in place, you’re stuck on the island

    Also, I agree with the earlier poster who wondered about what would happen during a hard freeze. If there were a virus that reanimated the dead by activating their brains, it seems likely to me that the act of freezing would permanently render those zombies permanently non-viable. After all, freezing is in reality an incredibly violent process that destroys almost all the cell walls. Reanimated or not, once those cell walls have been ruptured, any further synaptic activity should be impossible. So I would think that a good hard freeze would be all it would take to destroy a large portion of the zombie horde.

    For all we know, such a viral outbreak has already occurred, but was stopped short by the serendipity of a convenient winter freeze.

    You know… when I first found this site a couple of days ago, I just scanned most of the entries. Now that I’ve gotten a chance to read them in full detail, I’m really getting scared shitless! Like many of you, I really don’t put much stock in the predictive accuracy of the average person’s dreams. However, so many of us seem to be tapping into something from someplace deep in our sub-conscience, and over a wide span of time. So many of us had serial dreams, with so many elements that were nearly identical.

    One poster accused us of allowing our dreams to be dictated by the popular media’s concept of what a zombie is and how it acts. He has a valid case up to a point. However, from a Gnostic/Existentialist point of view, our very perceptions could be shaping how this thing does or doesn’t play out. I mean, hundreds of years ago, the greatest leaps in scientific discovery were made by learned men delving into disciplines that the average person knew nothing about. These days, much of our greatest breakthroughs seem to come straight out of a sci-fi novel, movie or T.V. show. The “popular science” that academia once scoffed at is now the starting point for many research projects, and average citizens who can’t tell you how many stars on the American flag are having long, technologically valid armchair debates on the merits of warp core drives versus ion propulsion systems.

    Anyone who’s been studying the 2012 connection (if there is one) knows about the web-bot project and how it’s been highly effective at predicting future events. Web-bot is a computer program that scans the entries (including OURS) of the entire internet — essentially taking a mental “snapshot” of the of the entire planet’s psyche. It uses this information to make several informed predictions based on the number of times various key words are mentioned throughout the internet all over the world. It has been unusually accurate in making a number of predictions (including a prediction for September 11, 2001 and our current economic woes), and it too has recently been pointing to something significant happening on December 21, 2012. It started doing so BEFORE all this popular debate began. Perhaps we’re not having these dreams because a zombie outbreak is going to happen, but rather a zombie outbreak is going to happen because we are all having these dreams and concentrating on this subject.

    Just something to think about.

    BTW: My serial dream started in L.A. when the outbreak was first reported. Has anybody else here dreamt of the Hunter-Hounds? If so, what are they? (I already know, I just want to see if anyone else is syncing with me on this thing.)

    Thanks for reading my long rantings.

  • 230 Sam May 29, 2009 at 11:26 pm

    Oa, thanks so much for your comments, I hope you continue to read and comment more.

    It is unfortunately out of many people’s situation to start acquiring property, building defenses, and growing food. But I do agree that in addition to survival skills, one must learn as much about simple living and long term survival/preparation as one can. The simplest solution would be moving to a remote or sparsely populated area, but many do not have this option, and supplies/help may be scarce. Thus my mantra, “stay low, keep moving”.

    I have heard about Web Bot and tracking search trends with Google. Random Number Generators have been used to track human consciousness and show surprising and unexplained anomalies around great and terrifying moments of the human experience.

    For more information about RNG Human Consciousness Projects:
    http://noosphere.princeton.edu/
    http://www.princeton.edu/~pear/

    As far as shared, congruent, and eerily similar dreams, it is a very interesting topic open to the philosophers among us.

  • 231 kyle Jun 2, 2009 at 1:58 pm

    sam i am making an article for my school magazine and i want to make a how to survive a zombie Apocalypse
    i will put an a instead of @ so email me a page on how to survive a zombie Apocalypse thank you

    guppylove{a}live.co.uk

  • 232 Jon Jun 3, 2009 at 3:53 pm

    Hello again everyone. I just wanted to give my two cents on the dreaming going on… I have these images, and disjointed “clips” of dreams in my head. The thing is, I don’t remember dreaming them. This wouldn’t be unusual, as I almost never remember my dreams, but these feel different. It’s almost like memories of something I actually did, but it isn’t. I don’t know about all this.. I’m kinda confused. If that didn’t make sense, here’s my best way of describing it: it’s like I have a media player with some random sound clips and video clips along with some pictures.. but all the files are corrupt. I don’t know if that helps..

    In my subconscious experiences, they have seemed pretty generic so far. Me on a rooftop, making a shelter and barricading the stairs. Finding a can of gasoline, making some Molotov Cocktails, going zombie hunting. “Stalking” through the abandoned, trashed streets of an urban area. Pistol-grip shotgun on a sling on my back, traveling light until I get back to my rooftop.

    How safe would the rooftop on a big square business building be? Interestingly, there are none within an hour of where I live. I guess it all depends on how well Zs can climb. Having a scoped rifle would be nice up there too. I don’t think my Molotov ‘dream’ is very realistic, but the others seemed sound. Input welcome.

    Godspeed,
    Jon

  • 233 Jon Jun 5, 2009 at 12:29 am

    Sorry for the double post, but I had some information I wanted to get out before I forgot…

    First off, let me say this: Sam, you are running a high-quality site here. Way to keep it all clean and shut down the trolls. This place couldn’t be as awesome without your hard work.

    Also, I just finished reading The Road. It is a book about a man and his son surviving in the many years after some unnamed apocalypse. It was amazing and really got me thinking about how to survive and find food and lay low, not just in the days after the infections begin, but in the years after. It was also just a damn good book.

    Godspeed,
    Jon

    P.S. I figured out they have 28 Days Later on hulu… so I finally get to watch a zombie film =)

  • 234 PFC Unknown Jun 5, 2009 at 1:14 am

    hey guys, So i just got back from Kentucky doing some more MOUT training, looks like this site is being a big hit with us military guys, i met three Kentucky National Guardsman doing some training when my unit was down there and the site was pretty much all we talked about for the fifteen minutes we had, (Props to Sam)

    ive come across an intresting training tip one of my CO’s gave me, i told him a couple of buddies of mine wanted to do some hardcore survival training, his tip was the following:

    Practicing Land Navigation, Purchase maps of your area (if you live in the country) or if you live in a city, go camping in the surrounding areas with a local map, Buy a Compass with some kind of measuring device, and practice moving around and identifying landmarks.

    Practice road marches or woodland movements, take a regular backpack and add about 30 lbs of weight and walk around your town, or go hikeing with it,

    head to the shooting range and practice live fire,

    try Live Action Survival, camp with for atleast two days with out food or water and armed with only a combat knife, (after takeing basic survival lessons)

    then after that assemble a team of freinds with similar skills and head out into the bush for three days with everything practicing everything you learned, with or without weapon (fake or real) but only with permission

    and thats about as basic as i can get for ya,

  • 235 denver Jun 6, 2009 at 6:55 am

    well guys this is very interesting news…… if we all know how to survive…. the apocalipse will last about 2 or 3 days. cause if we know how to survive then, its gana be very short. so hell yeah!!….. oh wait, nvrmnd…… MOST people dont belive this will happen so they wont bother training or learning anything about this…. so thats great, toooooo many people are going to become infected, and we will be killing them all…….. so even if we do survive, we mostlikly wont reproduce!! unless the girls take in the truth about zombies, then we might be ok, but thats gona be alot of work. and san, i was thinking mabey you could make a thread or somthing to were if………i mean when this happens you could get ideas from other people, but anyway what im talking about is make people talk about their survivle plan!! somthing truthfull that could actualy happen, not like…expl: i got an f-42 flight jet flew to a millitary base with a nuke and blew up the planet…… just dont let them be iratinal, what i mean is…expl: what i would do is, tell as many people as i could to come over to my place, with all the guns, boards and amo and food, they have, after that we would baricade the windos and doors, during the day we would travle on foot to grocery stores gun stores ect. and try to find supplies, survivers, lost friends, family ect. but the whole reson i would travle on foot is because u dont need gas, and u dont have to worry about breaking down, or what ever, and the roads would be completly cloged with vehicles or zombies. so why not walk around with a S.W.A.T sheild u stole and a shotgun, that seems resanable to me, but i would stay in one general area, because if i spend that much time working on one house or store or school (this is were i would stay)
    then why would i move…unless theirs a millitary exstraction point, then i say what the hell we gota die someday!!! but please consider it sam, i think it would be cool to see other peoples point of views, i might consider them when the time comes. : ), by the way im 14 years young, if u have any questions then E-MAIL me at Hellstrinity@yahoo.com thnx!!

  • 236 Rogue-90 Jun 6, 2009 at 7:41 am

    Havn’t posted in a while but I check the site a few times week. found the site doing a random search out of boredom and now I just cant stop coming back. Gunna be one of the first things I plan to check after I get back from Basic and AIT, enlisted for active duty in the Army a few months ago leave in july.

  • 237 Jon Jun 8, 2009 at 7:51 pm

    Howdy. Turns out I’m a liar, hulu doesn’t have it -____________-

    PFC, that was awesome. Not sure about the rest of us, but you’re a survivor for sure. Wish I could get me some MOUT training. I think some Recon Marine training would be near perfect for surviving just about anything: SERE training and being able to do rucks, etc. It’s a shame I’m such a skinny, lanky thing, cause it would be really useful to be able to do that kind of thing. My friend and I might be able to do some of that survival training and working on parkour/escape techniques. The only thing is, we don’t really know how to do it the way it’s supposed to be done so we’ll be winging it. And that’s fine with us (as long as nobody dies).

    Godspeed,
    Jon

  • 238 wesker Jun 11, 2009 at 3:17 am

    _________——->>>>>>>>>>read this first<<<<<<<<<<———___________
    let me take you attentions for a while,,,,,this is for anyone who will try to stay in ONESPOT????
    make your own path on how to survive the zombie apocalypse….

    ******STAY IN ONE SPOT TO SURVIVE???? WHY ???DO YOU HAVE YOUR SUPPLIES TO SURVIVE THE ZOMBIE APOCALYPSE???? LOL!!!!

    READ THIS BEFORE YOU TRY TO STAY IN ONE SPOT….DO THAT IF YOU ARE OUT OF YOUR HOPE AND DREAMS TO LIVE LONG IN THIS WORLD IN CASE OF ZOMBIE OUTBREAK……LOL!!!

    ok,,,some of you din’t get my point,like i said before,(make your self as a stealth assassin,)
    wich means…keep silent and kill the zombies on your way…(keep moving)…keep moving quitely….and some you said,stay in ONE SPOT!?
    hey!!! are you crazy? my god!!! staying in ONE SPOT is a suicidal mission,what do you think of you,?a super market wich has a lot of supplies to survive the zombie apocalypse ATLEAST for 4 years? 2012 t0 2016….think about it if you can stay in ONE SPOT!!!! for 4 years…why did the zombies eating a living human??? bec. the zombies actualy can smell the fresh human blood…so if you will try to stay in ONE SPOT!!! HA! your barracades will not stand for long for you!!!…..if the outbreak beggin…can you make your house as a deadly bunker in exact time?…what if you are not finish yet in making your barracades and the zombies going to your area…what will you do?

    you will also run as fast as you can to save your last minute of your life…staying in ONE SPOT is not on the survival tactics,if you will…i’m sure that you will run out of supplies,and then,,,you will also do the (keep moving Quitely)…and if they will gonna eat you,,,run,bec. the zombies will just walk bec. the zombies will become a decaying bodies,,,they will not actually control they’re body bec. they’re muscles will become a soft tissue,so they will not run more faster than the living human,,,even if they are slow,they will just move as a whole country until the humans will traped…so (kill many zombies as you can)…

    see…if you are out of supplies…go ahead and move…go to the SUPER MARKET to gather supplies and get some kitchen knife or long melee weapons like emergency axe,,,shovel,,,hammer,,,just to keep them away from you,,,and kill some infecteD police or guards to get they’re guns…but the blades does’nt need to reload,,,so decide for what is more effective…YOU MAY ALSO MAKE YOUR OWN TIME TABLE ON YOUR MIND TO KNOW WHAT TO MOVE AND TO KNOW WHAT TIME TO REST IN A GOOD PLACE,

    THAT’S ALL,,,THINK POSSITIVELY……PEACE ^_^!!!

  • 239 †.R.I.P.† Jun 11, 2009 at 3:28 am

    RIGHT…but the time table is more important while you are moving…it will help you to know when you will move and to know where you will rest and then move again…you know wesker..you give me an idea to know how to manipulate the situations like this…i know what you are saying wesker..i’ve already read that in survival book of max brooke…now i understand the thing that you are pointing to…

    such a deep thinker wesker…nice one,….

  • 240 kyle at guppylove@live.co.uk Jun 11, 2009 at 8:46 am

    i am making a news article about how to survive a zombie outbreak can you help me to spread the word but need some help making the article please email me

  • 241 Skarrlette Jun 12, 2009 at 5:03 am

    hi, i had a read of the artical and can honestly say it scares the shit outa me. i doubt it means anything but ive had the zombie dreams to since i can remember, i remember i even used to hav them as a little girl. always somewhat the same, ive always got a hatchet, and held up in an attick packed with supplies. my bday is 20-05-1987, doesnt end in a 5 tho, but my maths aint great but im pretty sure if you add the numbers 20+5+1987 you get =2012? am i right, thats what scared me the most. im probably just being paranoid… but if all freaks me out… the house i live in, when i moved in the land lord told me there is a man whole in my sons bedroom that looks like a cupboard above his bedroom door. when i painted the room recently i opened the manwhole and found that there is actulay another room up there. maybe this is the attick from my dreams? it just all seems to be link way to well for my liking..

  • 242 Rogue-90 Jun 12, 2009 at 6:06 am

    this is kinda irelevant to the convo but after reading Skarriette’s post about adding her age plus 5 and the birth year….i decided to do that for me it came out to 2014 now now that wasn’t odd but then I did that with everyone in my family and they all came out to 2014 just thought that was wierd but most deffinately coincidence.

  • 243 Skarrlette Jun 12, 2009 at 7:14 am

    the 5 is the month i was born in. fifth month = may…

  • 244 Rogue-90 Jun 12, 2009 at 8:26 pm

    oh haha oops yeah *slaps forehead

    Well in that case using my birth months instead it comes out to 2012

  • 245 hyperdog2000 Jun 22, 2009 at 6:00 pm

    i have heard many things about this 2012 diaster and one is about a mayham calander another ,global warming, “zombies” and something about makking all electric go bibi and a couple more. First i started seeing 2012 doomsday and then i heard of a zombie movie, i watched it and theres so many out now and its a 2012 doomsday. But luckily, i dont believe it cause they all happen on the year of the olympics and i dont think theres flesheating zombies just like rabies or something. but still i will be rdy as im scared of it from all the nightmares ive had…. and ones about me hiding under my blankets with my mum and she goes downstairs but doesnt come up ful alive…;’-(

  • 246 logan Jun 23, 2009 at 1:17 am

    if 2012 is the zombie apoc. i’m a seriously pissed off

  • 247 pedro Jun 23, 2009 at 2:50 pm

    lol @ mayham calender hahah…

  • 248 William Jun 26, 2009 at 12:21 pm

    Love the article! I have been reading about the whole 2012 thing on various sites. First I’ve heard of the zombie thing :)

    http://whenistheworldgoingtoend.blogspot.com

  • 249 Daniel Jun 30, 2009 at 3:15 pm

    Hey sorry I haven’t posted lately, The owner of our house has sold the horses so my last plan is a failure, I am thinking of a new one,I live in Southern california by the way any ideas?

  • 250 logan Jun 30, 2009 at 11:19 pm

    does anyone know what the smallest assault rifle is? how about smallest shotguns? just wondering.

  • 251 SaintAndrue Jul 4, 2009 at 7:52 pm

    ohh yeah happy 4th to all the Americians out there

  • 252 sir edward the great Jul 5, 2009 at 1:18 pm

    new to this site just got done reading all the posts i have to give it to sam and the pfc you seem to have your shit hard wired stay on the move most def you stay in one place to long you are just going to run out of ammo and food and let yourself get boxed in by all the zed heads i have a idea to keep the zeds off your heels while moveing from place to place lets say its time to leave the area how do you make sure the noise you are makeing isnt giveing you away leave something loud a portable radio with batts cranked up as loud as it goes or perhaps one of those large rolls of black cat fire works should cover noise you make in the short term and draw the zeds to your old safe house so you can find the next one it goes without saying you had better move fast whatever you use

  • 253 Sam Jul 6, 2009 at 12:12 am

    In my extended absence, there has been far too many off topic posts, flaming, stoned writing and drug related stuff going on. I’ve had to unapprove a bunch of comments until I can sort everything out and create a dedicated discussion section. All further comments will require moderation until I get return.

    SaintAndrue and Oa, carry on via email and I wish you the best. I’ll sort out all the discussions as soon as I can.

  • 254 sir edward the great Jul 6, 2009 at 1:30 am

    Sam i am digging this site good to know i am not the only person who seems to have a open mind about this i have a q for you what do you is greater danger the zeds or the military trying to deal with zeds me i think they just waste anyone in the outbreak zone just like in 28 weeks later yeah the zeds are bad but at least you can put them down with small arms good luck trying to engage a group of snipers on rooftops who know what they are doing or an m1 arbams tank for that matter

  • 255 logan Jul 6, 2009 at 12:46 am

    i was in the home depot yesterday and my mind wandered to the apoc.. it would be a great defensive place, filled with all sorts of melee weapons… actually, skip the defensive- doors too big….. actually board them up.. i don’t knows. great choice of melee weapons there, though…..

  • 256 Joe Jul 7, 2009 at 8:45 am

    Good god this is a real nightmare !
    I did not know that in 1918 there was a
    pandemic that killed 20-50 million pepole !
    If this is what is going to happen in 2012
    and pepole will survive that i dont want
    to know whats going to happen in the next years !
    Only 3 years ’till that happens … better be ready for
    it,but still we got luckey that there will not be any
    zombies in thouse times but the virus will be deadly
    thats for sure ! sam because you gave this information
    to the world you’ve saved many lives ! And now pepole
    will be ready for it,they will be ready for it. Send me an
    E-mail whan you update the site !

  • 257 PFC Unknown Jul 7, 2009 at 11:34 pm

    well looks like the site is buzzing with life since my absense, well hate to tell you all, its about 112 degrees outside, blue skies, just slightly sandy, and right now im looking at a map with kabul Afghanistan, yes even half way around the world im still drawn here. lets see, what we got here, well denver i would say having a whole thread about just survival plans would be pretty epic, just to be able to share and adapt our ideas to given circumstances.

    and logan are you talking about the smallest calibar or the smallest length? smallest caliber you will want to go is about 9mm, thats if you need stopping power and its relitively easy to get ahold of. but like i said before anything over .22 cal. is over kill. as for smallest shotgun, smallest you will need to go is 410 gauge, barely any recoil, and the ammo is abundant, but if you need a breaching tool (shooting locks off doors etc.) just carry a 12 gauge, as for length, there really isnt any assault rifle that is super short mainly because of accuracy compensation, you can buy the AR-15 with an adapter for .22 cal. wich is probably one of the best options you can buy for money worth, or you can do any of the following.

    1) buy .22 handgun, .22 scoped rifle, 410 gauge shotgun
    2).22 AR-15, .22 scoped/nonescoped rifle, 12 gauge shotgun
    3) or if you want overkill galour, .45 cal handgun, 5.56 cal AR-15, 12 gauge with deer slugs (not vary practical though)

  • 258 Styfler Jul 10, 2009 at 4:06 pm

    My brother use to work at UK hospital in Lexington, Ky. He was layed off due to not having his G.E.D. So he is not a disgruntled ex-employee. He also had frien’s that worked in the labs there. His friend came over to my brother’s house one day and got to talking about zombie movies. The friend did not want to go into zombie paraphenalia much. And my brother asked him why? At first he was reluctant to answer. But then made him swore to never tell anyone. But of course he told me. The friend said that in the labs there. They were working on a fully working strain of the super rabies virus. This virus is very contagious and can spread very easily. It make’s the person who succumbs to this virus uncontrollable in theory and is very similar to the rage virus scenario in “28 days”. Once again in theory since it has not been tested on humans. My brother told me when he came to stay with my wife, child, and myself. It would be wise to get ready for this. Because all over the country and world they are testing virus’s like this. Because governments of the world do not have enough sense to be working on natural disater virus’s that come up as oppose to creating what they call the perfect one to use in viral weaponry. With this in mind. Stay prepared and if this out come comes to pass. i wish you all the best of luck out there.

  • 259 ehmm Jul 11, 2009 at 9:15 am

    anything to do with rabies [isn't] going to be challenging to fend off. they die after a few days of exhibiting the virus so [you would] only need to hide out for like less than a week and it [would] all be over

  • 260 j09' Jul 11, 2009 at 11:28 am

    the easiest way to some up all of this is just to be ready for ANYTHING. It seems most stuff happens when you let your guard down. There might not ever be “zombies” but at least your home will be well secure. I enjoy the open “mindedness” (if thats a word) of this website.

  • 261 sir edward the great Jul 12, 2009 at 3:35 am

    Just got done reading zombie csu if you do not own a copy get one soon it covers most of the stuff we like to talk about here and i am with j09 be ready for anything fast zombie or slow zombie if you are gonna die die with your boots on

  • 262 logan Jul 13, 2009 at 8:14 am

    had a dream about the zombie apoc…..couldn’t find any ammo for my weapons, and we had nothing to board up the house with…we were SOL, it seems

  • 263 PFC Unknown Jul 13, 2009 at 9:03 am

    hey whats up guys? so i have a pretty intresting story to share whith you guys, not to long ago, well last night to be correct, ran into this medic linked with the 101st air assult he was getting back from a armed perimiter convoy, basicly up armored humvees with 50s mounted on the turrent stationed outside the wires keeping the perimiter clear of any unwanted hostiles, well anyways, me and him get talkin about how hard is to put someone down out here (the tali’s got some pretty f’d up boys who can take a hit or two, well in this case six) well anyways this medic was tellin me about this one guy they come accross doing a sweep outside one of the small towns around here, this guy and his bud was setting up a mortar on the other side of the creek bed and behind some foilage, well this medic was sitting in the back of the humvee when they came accross these two and as soon as they came shooting soon after, well this guys bud who was helping setting up the mortor was easy to get down, but the other guy took two in the chest one in the leg one in the shoulder and one to a place i wont mention, just thinking of it makes me hurt, and two more in his arm before the lil turd stayed down.

    when the medic was searchin through the bodies the guy who took six rounds had a book on him, which struck me funny because the book was world war z, the last thing i would think the tali’s would be doing would be reading about zombies in the middle of a “holy war” this how the zombie thing always start right? or atleast some messed up stuff anywho.

    so anyways back to the site, i just thought the story had to be shared due to the irony in it, but i found out about some creepy stuff, back when the russians occupied Afghanistan they were testing some gas on some of the prisoners of war that resulted in the prisoner to become extreamly hostile and un aware of personal injury before dying three minutes later, the thing that strikes me is that the story ends with the fact it was some biological agent the russians were testing that was administered through gas form, i dont know if its belevable yet concidering its hearsay from some of the villages elders, but who knows, maybe some zombifying agent is being tested on labrats and or human subjects in the grey areas

  • 264 logan Jul 13, 2009 at 4:31 pm

    hey, pfc, how fast does a MK.19 fire? i watched Generation Kill, and it showed them firing fast…is that accurate???

  • 265 sir edward the great Jul 13, 2009 at 11:50 pm

    Yo pfc i have a combat q for you is the .223 and the 5.56 the same round if not how far apart are they in power and range? Got one more the tango you talked about above was he hit with 50cal rounds if so what was left of that guy?
    P.S. thank you for your service to kept us safe and good luck to you guys.

  • 266 PFC Unknown Jul 14, 2009 at 8:58 pm

    first question, the MK-19 if rapid fire is being used it pumps about 60 RPM if Cyclic, then about 325 to 375 RPM,

    second question, the .223 is the same as the 5.56, the only diffrence, the .223 is the civi’s version of the nato round the 5.56. reason in the name diffrence the nato round has a little more powder then the .223. and the tali’s was being hit six times with the 5.56 round, only reason they didnt shot them with the 50. cal was because the way the unit was comeing i would imagin was in direct fire of the town, so instead of popping off heavy round that skip off the rock which this country is made 99.9% of, its operational standard to use smaller rounds when Civi’s are involved, it would be a pain to clean up the excess mess.

    so back to the site, i got some pretty intresting views on how the world will end, everything from UFO touch down, zombies, to almighty Alah (god) comeing down and havin a beer with us before shippin us to the front lines against the evil hitler/satin army (we all know hitler and saddam is butt buddies with satan, its just plain obvious) but anywho where im getting at, whats all of your guys view on how that sabbath day will come? (and dont tell me Fairys will turn everyone into dust, i already heard that one)

  • 267 sir edward the great Jul 15, 2009 at 6:51 am

    thank you pfc your info will be used for popping zedheads and i think the end will come in 2012 because just about all the noteworthy profits in history seem to think this as to how it ends i am going with zombies i can not tell you how cool it is to be able to say that without fear of being hauled off to the funny farm because everyone on this site is just as crazy as i am now if the zombies are undead or got some kind of new hardcore rabies who knows why i think this has to do with the super real dreams i have had in the past few weeks i can smell the smoke in them even feel pain is that normal

  • 268 josh Jul 17, 2009 at 8:57 pm

    I have to agree with the people that say that a zombie out break will happen. Weather it be from infection to parasite to our loving corrupted gov. I see that one person said they would get a flamethrower bad idea fire is bad unless you are gonna toast theam in a fire proof area other than that forget fire. I think we should get a pettion signed for the FVZA (Fedreal Vampire Zombie Association a.k.a vanuguard) to be brought back it was originanly formed in 1968-1975 to dispose of zombies and vampires. anyway good luck to all when hell is among us and hope not to see you in there ranks and if you wanna leave any rude comments its celticwiccan28@yahoo.com

  • 269 Jon Jul 17, 2009 at 9:18 pm

    Hey Private, it’s been a while. Sam, nice update to the site.

    Just wanted to give an update: My battle buddy is working on getting a harness and other climbing equipment, and we are both running 2-5 miles a day to stay in shape for zombies… and cross country. I’ve been working on parkour (want some Vibram FiveFingers) and just trying to foolproof the zombie plan. We also went over some basic strategy stuff like how to clear a house, or check rooms with closed doors.

    The great thing is that if (or when?) the zombies never come, what have we lost? We got in good shape, had some fun, used our imaginations. And thats it.

    Also, It’d be nifty if there was a forum (or whatever) dedicated to zombie plans. My two cents :)

    Godspeed,
    Jon

  • 270 love Jul 18, 2009 at 8:48 am

    I’d love to see the zombie outbreak happen today, ooh the irony. Sure to F everyone up. The mayans will be spitting in their graves. I actually wish it would happen, possibly as a result of swineflu seeing as its becoming more deadlier. Scientists create a vaccine that immunise’s humans to swine flu but unawarefully create the affect of stimulating extrodinary immune system defense but after a week the brain fails, to experience a near death state where the cerebral cortex f’ed up and hence the neocortex damaged to a point where all that is followed is basic survival insticts where reasoning and concisous thought is absolute to survival. As the vaccine is injected by needle mixing and combing with the blood throughout the body and as the human is at a state of insanity, relying on *brains* to survive; they tear bite and devour anything that moves, with even a drop of their blood mixed with yours in under less then 30 minutes you are at the exact same state as they are. The reason being is such that as the infected blood has already been merged *the vaccine and swineflu* all it take is the saliver or blood from the infected to mix with yours and you are going to be at a zombie like state. The jist being people with the blood type AB Rh negative are immune to the infection, but because the carbondioxide exhibted through the breath of the infected transfigures with the oxygen in the air it is airborne and able to exist outside of the human body.

    good luck to us all

  • [...] 2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse ” … how does 2012 relate to a zombie apocalypse? Certainly our world could be forever changed on this date by an unnoticed eschatological asteroid, disease or terrible quaking of the earth. The walking dead? Also plausible. Current scientific research into disease, reanimation and cellular regenesis is progressing as rapidly as other scientific disciplines …” undeadreport.com (site accessed Nov 07) [...]

  • 272 sir edward the great Jul 18, 2009 at 2:00 pm

    1,251 days when you put it that way it does not sound like a lot of time to get your shit ready. So if this thing does go down what would you do?

  • 273 KB Jul 19, 2009 at 11:17 am

    So over here in England were pretty fucked, no guns and no abundances of hideouts/strongholds. I have a samurai sword which is very blunt, and 2 air rifles. So when the ‘apocalypse’ comes (if it does) ill be 18 years and 1 month and a few days…So I could in theory either buy a shotgun (we only have hunting ones here like double barrelled and thats it) or a rifle and that would cost quite alot of money for something for never even happen. I have a plan but in manic times like that it would go to shit, so I’m basically going to hide out on my roof for the first few days until everything has either died down or gotten even worse.. Anyone from Britain here, around Oxford? I doubt it. I only really got interested in this topic about a week ago through random internet searches. I think that there is too many things relating to the 21/12/12 to be coincidence. A good plan is too also stock up on ‘instant setting concrete’ so if the shit hits the fan, seal up the stairs or windows or whatever and leave your self an exit. And keep some spare bullets if it really get’s bad. Typical Britain (BTW Im 1/4 Scottish 1/4 Irish and a bit German and the rest is British..) ‘I’d rather die than become one of the enemy’. Keep safe I guess.

  • 274 sir edward the great Jul 19, 2009 at 11:46 pm

    Yo KB do not feel bad about your lack of firearms here in the U.S. I think the problem is going to be the surplus of weapons think about it all the crazies we have are going to love the breakdown of the the police not to say I do not like guns I love my xd 45 but I would rather face 100 undead then go toe to toe with some crazy mother fucker with a bush master rifle.

  • 275 wesker Jul 20, 2009 at 1:06 am

    my god…i’m 3rd year college in 2012…i’m 18 when it comes…just like to share this… is this pocket knife i have right now..is this going to be useful if the zombie apocalypse beggun..?

  • 276 BunnMoon Jul 20, 2009 at 8:18 am

    oMG I have been having Dreams over and over again about Zombies! omg maybe this crazy thing is gonna happen….it keeps changing tho….also this swine flu has me worried. I hope zombies wont come and eat us.

  • 277 Mr.magnum Jul 20, 2009 at 10:56 am

    Hello sam
    I read this article
    its a shock to here this after all only 2 years left
    ’till the pandamic strikes and sam if you need any
    help in the site let me know just e-mail me.

  • 278 josh Jul 21, 2009 at 4:42 pm

    I got thinking earlier today which is bad cause thinking hurts but anyway plumb island supposedly does reasearch on animales but whos to say that the gov doesnt have experimental testing going on over there after all the island has heavy security. and its funny cause some people are talking about swine flu possibly being a cause to the zombie outbreak when it happens it reminds me of the remake Day Of The Dead people had flu like symptoms and it was caused by chemical testing experiment any one have any thoghts or ideas comments on this ill be more than happy to disscuss it with theam

  • 279 denver Jul 24, 2009 at 6:04 pm

    well hey guys its denver agian, iv only posted one time but any way, well i guess i could say im pretty much not prepared at ALL for this apocalypse im tring my best to get alot of stuff to help me out, but it will be pretty hard for a 14 year old to get guns…. but im geting a weight set soon, not that i dont exercise anyother way but its easer with a weight set, any way do ANY of you guys have a idea for me cause if this shit does go down on 2012 then im only going to be 17 and i might not even have my TEMPS!
    if this stuff delays, witch i hope it does im going into either airforce, or marines, mabey the army, will you guys give me a good one to join out of these three please? tnxs, oh and sam great website, its the best zombie website their is.

  • 280 josh Jul 25, 2009 at 5:35 pm

    denver you can actualy own a shot gun or rifle at your age you might need a parent to purchase it for you but you can have a gun just not a handgun not til your 21 and got a pistol permit as far as which branch to go with i have no advice on that. have some kind of plan and what ever else can be used as a weapon. heres a site to check out http://ourapocalypse.ning.com/

  • 281 JHoersten2 Jul 28, 2009 at 1:09 am

    Keep in mind, that if you are a minor, you are considered just that, a minor. While it’s grand to think that during an apocalypse you’ll turn into Macguyver, James Bond, Rambo, etc etc, it is rarely the probability. While doing more harm than good taking it into your own hands, it is better to leave “Heroic Rescue Missions” and “preparing for the end of the world” to mom and dad. They are adults, they have more experience, they know more, and are more suitable to tackle issues that will come forth if such an event were to happen.

    It’s truly great to hear other people’s opinions about what they’re thinking of or planning for, but let’s be frank here: While millions of adults become devoured by zombies, it’s going to be the rise of the 14 year old suburban boys who will manage to cut it instead? Leave the guns to mom and dad, stop building your plywood tree fort in the back yard, and please, I can not stress this enough, let go of the stories about running through the streets, taking out 100+ zombies before they pull you down, while traveling across town to save the girl who once held hands with you at the movie theater.

    Let’s get some constructive criticism about 2012, the end of times, & the zombie apocalypse- Less ranting about twinkie stockpiles and bedtimes.

    Enjoy your day, all. ; )
    -Joshua

  • 282 logan Jul 28, 2009 at 4:32 pm

    …leave the guns to mom and dad.. good advice, if you can’t shoot one.. listen, once the outbrrak comes, you will be going for guns- that mean 14 yr olds will probably have one of their own, and will use it. if you can safely use one, and are not a trigger happy nuthead, then you should use one

  • 283 josh Jul 28, 2009 at 7:17 pm

    not to get off subject and inway its not but the gov wants to make an island simmilar to plum island for chemical testing but the thing is is they wanna put it in tornado alley

  • 284 crystal Jul 29, 2009 at 12:03 pm

    “that mean 14 yr olds will probably have one of their own, and will use it.”

    That’s assuming they are not hiding under their beds crying. I think the poster is implying that if thousands of adults are turning into zombies, then the 14 year old “heroes” don’t even stand a chance. I’d have to agree with ‘Joshua’, stick with mommy and daddy and stop pretending to be a tough guy in the face of cannibalistic death. Having the composure not to crack under pressure of the undead is hard to believe when even spelling proves to be a challenge for you.

  • 285 Gryzaq Jul 29, 2009 at 5:13 pm

    Many fail to realize that there are quite a few teenagers who go through hell everyday. The average teen is a lot tougher than you might think. Yes, cannibalistic death isn’t anything to shake a stick at, and most people who think they could take the apocalypse with open arms are probably people who can’t separate reality and video games. SO Crystal, I repeat: today’s youth doesn’t hide under the bed and cry.

  • 286 logan Jul 30, 2009 at 8:38 am

    while i agree with crystal that some 14 yr olds will be freaking out when the time comes, there will be those who know what to do- when you are in a situation of impending doom, you need to know how to use a gun when the time comes, because, what happens if you get separated from “mommy and daddy” if they don’t let you have a gun or soemthing- you’re gonna be wandering around helpless and scared- smart parents will have already run their kid through a hunter safety course, and they or someone else will have taught them how to fire a damn gun- i know some 13- 14 yr olds who have semi-auto ak-47s (not airsoft), huniting rifles, and the like- so they will be ready when the time comes- smart parents will understand that a 14 yr old should have a gun as long as he won’t fucking freak out- if he is a trigger happpy freak- then don’t give him a gun.

  • 287 Colin P Aug 1, 2009 at 7:45 am

    Not necessairly. Just because they know how to shoot a gun doesn’t mean that the noises they hear and things they see wont scare them shitless. I mean, what would you be feeling if you heard moaning noises 24 hours a day and could smell the flesh of dead people and zombies? Even a little peek outside your window you’d probably see bodies lying everywhere. =P

  • 288 josh Aug 1, 2009 at 9:15 am

    some people keep saying oh leave it to mom and dad ok but most of the older parents dont belive in this stuff not to mention most of your youths are the same they think its all a bunch of bs

  • 289 pedro Aug 2, 2009 at 9:07 am

    Our existence deserves to come to an end. Humans are selfish; there is no such thing as being truly altrusitic, it is impossible. Once this apocalyspe begins we will show ourselves for what we truly are, stealing, killing and betraying just to survive, let alone far more horrifying things too violent and graphic to even mention on this forum. Zombies will be nothing compared to the other things that await us once and if the apocalypse begins.

  • 290 logan Aug 2, 2009 at 1:46 pm

    hear hear pedro- you are right about us, but not all of us deserve to die.

  • 291 coolio Aug 3, 2009 at 11:11 pm

    It would be kinda like fallout 3 the vidoegame just they are zombies mutated by disease (presumably) and not by radioactivity. Does anyone think that there would be makeshift cities set up when this was happening with walls and such as or would people just wall the already existing cities?(if possible) this is a great “what if” topic too.(not saying it wont happen its entirely possible)

  • 292 logan Aug 8, 2009 at 7:20 pm

    hmm…had a weird thought. imagine if all zombies still did their daily routines- went about their lives as normal- but were hostile to living people- like the remnants in f.e.a.r.. 2- doing the final things they did before they died. you would see zombies planting flowers, going to work- but if a living human being approached them, they would go after them……weird thought…zombie war in the middle east, zombie WWII….hmm..

    hmmm…what are your thoughts on where you want to be when the outbreak occurs..if it does.. i live in rural vermont, so an escape to the woods would be plausible..am i using that word correctly?

  • 293 Colin P Aug 9, 2009 at 8:39 am

    Sorta depends if anyone else has the same plan as you, cos if they run to the woods near you they might have zombies chasing after them or they might be bitten themselves.

  • 294 Kaleb Aug 9, 2009 at 11:05 pm

    Ok, so I never believe in this kind of stuff but recently I’ve been having dreams related to a zombie apocolypse scenario. My birthday is 12/21/1985 and my brothers Bday is 12/21/1980… I know it’s weird. Anyway, we have both been having identical dreams, I told him about a dream I had recently and he was able to finish the story because he had the same dream, It gives me cold chills just thinking about it. The dreams always start the same way, we are kids in rural Indiana exploring an old grain silo and there’s a awful noise that echoes in the silo, so we investigate and it’s a small child that seems lost but as I get closer I notice something isn’t quite right with this kid, he looks sick. As I approach he whispers in my ear ” I know what it’s like to be dead” and right as he says this his eyes close and when this happens I always wake up in a cold sweat. Can anyone make sense of this? Please help, any comments would be appreciated.

  • 295 Skarrlette Aug 10, 2009 at 5:36 am

    Kaleb-maybe you should also try and remember the dreams you hav on other nights too, like b4 and after. it might help to make sence of it. they might hav clues or links that you didnt notice b4.

    i feel i hav an unfair disadvantage, my 2 younger brothers were taken to the shooting range and karata classes and all that. i was never allowed to join in because im a girl. and i know that my brothers will do better at surviving then i will because they hav the knowledge and the skills. i live in australia and i dont know to much about the gun laws and what not. not that i would really be able to use one. but ive not only got myself to look after but i hav a 2 year old boy i hav to protect. i know most will say leave him and save yourself, but i wouldnt do that. even if it did mean certian death. i just dont know what i should do. i hav my plans, but feel that doing most anything other then to fortify somewhere, stock up and try and wait it out would put my son into danger.any advice would be welomed, as long as its not telling me to ditch him. im sure there are others out there with kids that are worried about their safe keeping.

  • 296 logan Aug 10, 2009 at 4:58 pm

    well, skarrlette, nows a good time to do that- if you don’t have too much on your hands, go to a shooting range or take karate lessons. if you can do that and stick to it, by the time you get to the 2012 thingy, you’ll be well prepared…..on another subject, i saw this thing in mad magazine where there was “a use for gas guzzlers”- someone put a huge car under the ground, and made it into a bomb shelter..how do you think that would be?

  • 297 bill Aug 19, 2009 at 1:07 am

    well im sixteen , i own a 69 ford pick up truck. run really well (I know gas guzzler) i own a 22. rifle semiauto magfed too . i also live in fairly rural area. so I think might have a chance if theres enough gas for the truck. my friends have rifles too. I dont know about some of them but a few i know wont freak out. if my parent are zombies or dead. i played airsoft with a marine sniper and hes been teaching me things I know thats not much buts its something so im pretty sneaky but if they can smell me i dont know what to do . if i take the back roads west i could get up im the hills with some suppleys.if all esle fails go shooting and yellin remeber the Alamo!

  • 298 prophet Aug 21, 2009 at 12:28 am

    I am a believer (in the 2012 zombie apocalypse). Everyday I think about it, preparing for “The Day”, which is what I call it. But I don’t think it will come about by some religious “wrath of God” thing. The most likely way will be some kind of biological terrorist attack or something like that. I mean THINK about it; if they can set up something as bad as 9/11, they can probably get there dirty hands on a kind of biological weapon, something involving the neuro-parasite TOXOPLASMA GONDII. If they could genetically engineer it just right and then set it loose on the U.S, it’ll cause some serious hell. And knowing them, they’ll aim for the East Side because that’s where all of our most important places are. Especially WASHINGTON D.C. I mean, if they hit that, we’re fucked (the U.S.). And that especially sucks for me because I live in Raleigh, North Carolina. So to all you West Side believers or whoever, get ready. We have about 3 years to go…

  • 299 prophet Aug 21, 2009 at 1:06 am

    Oh yeah, I forgot. The description of a zombie. It’s IMPORTANT you read this!!! A zombie isn’t some corpse brought back through Satanic rituals or some crap like that. It’s like what I mentioned before; a normal person that’s been infected by a disease or parasite and has lost ALL rational thought and advanced motor skills and has to rely on finding sustainance. It doesn’t feel…ANYTHING. Anything from emotions to gun shots. They’re like an animal that depends on itself and/or it’s infected brothers to perform a simple yet effective manuever: surrounding and taking down it’s prey whatever the cost. But none of this means it doesn’t THINK. It just doesn’t think like you and I can. Everything about a zombie is basic. It’s movements, it’s thinking skill, all basic. But they still have a human side. It seems the only thing they don’t do basically is communicate with each other. When one finds out it’s found a tasty human to snack on, other zombies are like “Hey dude. Let us help you out.” Next thing they know, a shitload of zombies are trying to eat them. They have determination and persistance. So be afraid, people. Keep a gun close by.

  • 300 Christie Aug 21, 2009 at 3:32 pm

    Oh man, my 18th birthday is 22nd December 2012. That’ll be fun if it’s true :P

  • 301 prophet Aug 21, 2009 at 9:38 pm

    Hey love, I read your comment. I totally agree. I wish the apocalypse would happen soon if not today. But I just hope it doesn’t happen at night, you know? Cause everyone will be asleep (and unprepared) and millions of people will be infected if not eaten. If it happens in the day time, many more people will survive and be able to help any survivors they join up with. I myself plan to start a group with my friends and anyone else that will join. I’ve got a serious plan for me and my team when “The Day” comes. But in a lot of ways I wish it wouldn’t happen because millions, possibly billions, will die or be infected. Even the ones we hold closest to us. Think about that for moment.

    Off the subject, I typed the 300th comment! (yay)

    Sorry for typing so much stuff, by the way.

  • 302 prophet Aug 23, 2009 at 1:46 am

    Shit!!! My dad’s birthday is December 21. Hm… Well I guess i’ll just get him a shotgun. Happy 55th birthday, Dad!

  • 303 logan Aug 23, 2009 at 3:20 pm

    Lol prophet, if its true (the 2012 zombie apoc thing) that’s the best birthday present

  • 304 PFC Unknown Sep 3, 2009 at 8:53 pm

    Lol sites been alive and well, just got back from Afghanistan, lost my laptop, it took some shrapnel when it was in the FOB, kinda stunk but im home now, got my trusty table top.

    so we have a couple more years to go before 2012, and i gotta say its been flying by fast, i got another three weapons i bought, and i been stock pileing rounds, im not sure if anyone else has been noticing, but some of the stores i been to there .22 caliber rounds have been completly bought out. which leaves a problem in many peoples plan to raid gun shops for ammo. by the time 2012 comes and the zombies are knocking on your neighbors door i doubt (if my predictions are true) you will be running to your neighborhood gun store to snag some small caliber (.22-9mm). so my best opinion is to stock up on it early, dont wait untill the last second to grab ammo.

    i also been told by many people (mostly officers) if anything such as zombipocolypse happens, the total collapse of government and law enforcement agencies will (WILL) happen soon after if it isnt dealt with, and then you looking at a Fallout 3 circumstance. if the human race survives the onslaught of zombie hordes and other natural dissasters, the post apocolyptic scenario will be harsh, pockets of undead still roaming, raiders, and people like us trying to reform ourselves to just survive.

    as like always, the best plan for you (and myself) is to pack light, many people want the apocolypse to come soon, and i can see their anticipation. but lets not forget the luxuries you have now, will not exhist afterwords. no roof over your head and if you do it wont be like it for long. no movie theatres, bye bye hamburgers (mc Ds, wendys, burger king, rally’s, etc.) no tv. no music or FM radios. and electricity will be gone unless you haul around a generator. and good luck trying to be quite with those things. the point is. many people feel like it will be a walk in the park blasting zeke heads being the hero. its a nice thought to think about. but in reality, its going to be hell. its going to take centuries for mankind to get back on its feet before it gets to the point as today. (suspect midevil age scenario) only food you will get is the ones you scavenge, or produce yourself. only entertainment you will have is the one you create or by nature itself. another thing is to remember, expect to go to sleep hungry, cold or wet, with little comfort. just keep sharp, pack light, keep moving see you survivors around

    just some things to ponder before you get ahold of yourself ;) well thats my 75 cents of speech,

  • 305 cry havoc Sep 4, 2009 at 4:27 am

    im ready for the worse that can happen ive been to sleep cold wet and hungry but we wont quite know what will happen untill the day comes, ive got my m.z.p.k and b.o.v at the ready the thing we have to worrie about is another human not the zombies any way like i said were just have to wait and see

  • 306 logan Sep 4, 2009 at 5:53 am

    if i could have a good, legal, easy to obtainweapon for the zombie apoc, i’d pick the benelli super black eagle, i have fired it, and it is fun as hell to use, not too heavy, not a lot of kickback (ok, my shoulder eventually throbbed dully, but it was worth it). has anyone else here used it?

  • 307 prophet Sep 7, 2009 at 12:53 am

    yeah. ive played Fallout 3 and i hope the world doesnt end like that. zombies are easier than a nuclear war, i say.

  • 308 frogboy Sep 7, 2009 at 6:48 pm

    Hi, I’m frogboy. If there was a Zomie apocalypse, ithink the government/amy would send nukes after the infected areas… just my opinion. And is it just me or does the government practically have us on a leash. they can infect us, destroy us, let us prosper, or just leave us to die…… email me if you get ny new information on this slightly disregarded subject. I’m a firm believer, and I’m stocking up… my email is frogboys_email@yahoo.com

  • 309 josh Sep 7, 2009 at 6:53 pm

    so there is debate between my brother and I about slow zombies or fast inteligent zombies in the case of slow ones well they’re simple enough but fast ones the problem is not the zombie at all because after a while they will be like regular animals and realize that deer and buffalo are easier to kill and eat because they doent fight back as much, no the reall problem with fast zombies is that after a while you have to complety start over from scratch with reastablishing government and other issues like that between actuall healthy people… put that in your nest and sit on it

  • 310 cry havoc Sep 8, 2009 at 7:31 am

    sam B.T.W great site fella.

  • 311 Alex E. Sep 10, 2009 at 9:03 am

    What do people think about an aluminum baseball bat. You think that would work as a solid temporary weapon until i get something better. Or do you think its not even worth trying ot fight zombies with a baseball bat.

  • 312 Alex E. Sep 11, 2009 at 8:38 am

    Commenting on what Josh ws saying, I think that there would certaintly be zombies killing animals and things ofthat nature, but who do you think is faster a zombie or a deer or buffalo. I mean those are fast animals. Eventhough we do have the intelligence to make barriers and weapons and be in unreached places by zombies I think zombies would still have a better chance to catch us than an animal that will go over 30-40mphs.

  • 313 ZKA_LT Sep 11, 2009 at 9:31 am

    Hey its the mouth of the ZKA, been posting for awhile, and after talking to other members, from here, it seems like there’s A LOT more people then everyone realizes that think a zombie apocalypse will happen sooner rather then later. I too believe that the zed’s are coming and that everyone that is able start preparing now. Me and a few friends formed a group a few years ago, that trains and plans for most eventualities that involve the destruction of the human race, or are way of life as we know it. What started as three of us laughing and joking and basically treating it like a game, has turned into a true survival scenario group, complete with bug out bags, cache’s, training in everything from urban survival, to wilderness survival to weapons and “armor” training. If anyone wants any more information at all please feel free to contact me at fenix661@yahoo.com and I will be happy to fill you in on more of what we do.

    Prophet, if you read this… you’ve brought up some interesting points, and would like to speak with you about something. So email me whenever you have a moment

    Sam ~ yes I know this is slightly off topic, for that I apologize but as always love the site, keep up the good work and I promise the next post will stay on topic.

  • 314 logan Sep 11, 2009 at 3:36 pm

    hmm…i’ve been reading a llot about how others (including myself) think they’re going to be alive during the zed aopc. well, think about this- what if it is airborne, or takes many days to show up, but is actually manifesting on the person right then? You could easily be a zombie when the apoc strikes. DX that would suck…here’s hoping we all survive :D

  • 315 The Frustrated Sep 12, 2009 at 11:19 pm

    I’m not here to bash on anybody. My post might be harsh but I’m not here to call anybody an idiot. But I do have a question.

    Ok, why do some of you believe that the zombie apocalypse is going to happen in 2012? For one, doomsday was never predicted by the Mayans. The Mayan calender simply ENDS on that day, rolls over, and starts all over again back to “0.0.0.0.0″. People have created all of these doomsday scenarios based upon the assumption that the world will end in 2012. The Mayans never believed that something sinister would happen on that date. Like I said, their calender simply rolls over, like how ours ends on December 31st and starts all over again at January 1st.

    2012 is a scam. People write books, make TV shows, and movies on this subject and why? Because they want to cash in on it. They can manipulate people’s fears and turn it into a money generator. People have been giving in to these little stories for years now. No planet X, no meteor, no geomagnetic reversal, no pole shift, no nibiru, nothing. it has all been debunked already. It’s all a big hoax designed to bring in money to scam-artists…AND I FEEL THAT YOU ARE GIVING IN TO IT.

    The fact that all of these “disasters” are supposed to happen in 2012 are mainly based upon the Mayan calender ending in 2012. As I said before, it rolls over and if somebody still wants to argue then remember that their civilization ended many years ago…they didn’t see THAT coming now did they? And people want to believe that they predicted the end in 2012?

    Anyway, there is NO link between a pandemic and 2012. And as for the dreams that some of you might have been having…don’t take them literally. I have dreams about zombies sometimes. No big deal. Scary as hell but no big deal. I advise you guys to read up on dreamology, the science of dreams. Interesting stuff. From what I’ve gathered (and from experience) dreams normally can’t be taken into literal terms. Just read up on it. Also, the fact that zombie concept has been getting more and more popular nowadays and that you see zombies pop up on TV, video games, etc. likely has a correlation with the dreams that you guys have been having.

    Since a there’s supposed to be a zombie-like pandemic, a meteor, solar flare, dark rift, black hole, nuclear war, and everything else in 2012, we’re all screwed so don’t buy that house that you’ve always wanted, don’t ask that girl to marry you, don’t go to collage…just hide in the woods and assume that it’s all going to happen. Living in paranoia isn’t living at all-especially if that paranoia is based on lies.

  • 316 prophet Sep 13, 2009 at 12:29 am

    yeah, the suckiest version of the z-virus would most definetly be an airborne one. if it was, we would all just have to kill ourselves

  • 317 pedro Sep 13, 2009 at 4:24 am

    Logan, if their is a zombie apocalypse the only possible science to the word apocalyspse would exist through your statement. in other words its not gonna be an apocalypse unless it is airborne and takes days to show up otherwise it wont be world wide and can be dealt with so easily it will be forgoten the over the next few years. What do you have no thought as to wether the government, secret orgainsations and scientists arent in some way preparing and looking into how to deal with such an outbreak.

  • 318 mark jones Sep 13, 2009 at 5:15 am

    OMG, awesome site! tripped across this page looking for zombie movies, read a few posts and got hooked.I’m 43 yrs. old and have always loved zombie stories,games and artwork, but can’t say that i dream of them in any real sense. I think you’re all flipping nutz, there’s no way this will happen but it’s all entertaining to me so it’s all good…….still….maybe i should go stock up on supplies tomorrow… :))

  • 319 Sam Sep 13, 2009 at 3:19 pm

    The Frustrated — thank you so much for your comments. I realize that much of what one reads about 2012 must be taken with a few grains of salt, and I am also aware that (as I’ve mentioned before) according to popular science, the calendar could simply roll over to day one.

    The Earth is long overdue for some cataclysms, such as magnetic pole reversal (Transcript at NOVA). I’m not being a doomsayer by only pointing to 2012, I’m just raising awareness and have a passion for the strange and weird. Could a pole shift fry the brains or make maniacs of people and animals? Well, hah, we’ve never experienced such a thing in the last 200,000 years, so research on that topic is a little iffy.

    Mark Jones — thanks for stopping by, I’m glad you think we’re all nutz. You will be among the first eaten. Cheers!

  • 320 The Frustrated Sep 13, 2009 at 8:21 pm

    Yeah, as far as I know, pole shift/geomagnetic reversal could happen any time, not just 2012. If it did, it would take 100′s or 1000′s of years to complete. But you know what’s real scary? Well, for those who believe that SOMETHING will take place, there will be those who prepare and those who don’t give a damn. And those who don’t give a damn could rob, kill, get drunk, and all sorts of crazy things before the “end” of the world is supposed to take place. Zombies or not, those who prepare won’t be in harms way. I will give you that. Hopefully, I’ll be in another country at the time.

    As far as a zombie apocalypse goes, yes, I think that it is interesting. Although I’m not worried about it, it’s fun to think about anyway. I’ve even discussed with my friends what we would do and where we would go if our city was being taken over by zombies, just for fun. We play left4dead and Resident Evil, watch zombie movies, etc. There is even a “zombie walk” event around Halloween downtown in the city that I live in. Hell, my brother even bought my other brother the Zombie Survival Guide for his birthday along with a zombie comic book for himself. It’s all fascinating. I just don’t believe in any of it actually happening.

    In my previous post, I expressed my disagreement with living in paranoia. There are people who are still living in the cold war, just waiting for a nuclear apocalypse. There are people who are afraid to go out into the light of day for some reason or another. And there are people whose lives have been affected by the end-of-the-world hoaxes. People can slip into depression or even worse. Even I was worried about 2012 years ago. I now understand that it’s all a big money-making hoax. I’m staying in collage, going toward my dreams, learning what I want to learn, and doing what I want to do without worried about a sudden doomsday. I don’t see how somebody could live in that sort of miserable fear.

    Anyway, I’m not saying that anybody here is living in fear/paranoia. Some might be and some might just enjoy talking about it for fun. I don’t know. But there are people in the world who go to great lengths to ensure survival for some kind of cataclysm. It just seems that it gets taken too far sometimes. Just enjoy life. Why spend it preparing for something that has virtually no merit? And what merit it does have spawns from speculation, it seems.

    Thanks for listening. I look forward to reading more about what people have to say on this matter.
    Take care.

  • 321 PFC Unknown Sep 14, 2009 at 2:06 am

    well fustrated, props on your skepticism :) all of this on the site sam has provided isnt actually based of actual facts, just theroy, as for Mayans, actually, im gonna have to disagree with you saying they didn’t know there end, according to there calender they predicted that a featherd serpent bearing a cross would be the end of there civilization, shortly after the prediction has been made, (several years later) they witnessed a comet fly by (during also the great drought that was befalling their greatest city) after the “featherd serpent” had flown by, the conquistadors (Spanish soldiers) landed bearing their red crossed sails and their priest carrying crosses, their king (who’s name escapes me) surrendered with out a fight knowing his doom, after that the conquistadors slaughtered the Mayans on the day they predicted their time was up. now it is all speculative, and up for debate, i remember watching it on the history channel on sept. 11th. but thats all i know, and i do agree with ya on the calender beginning at 00.00.00 after it ends, but scientist still predict the magnetic reversal, but some do discredit it, thats up for debate, not really into the whole geo stuff.

    as for the zombies, you gotta admit there is a possibility. even though far fetched it may seem, but don’t forget my lil talk about the atom bomb, back in the medieval ages, it was blasphemy to even think a weapon to be created, then wallah, mid 1940s japan was on their knees because we dropped it on one of their islands, so as for that, its plausible.

    and as for frogboy, i agree, yes the government has the leash on us, being in the military i know how it feels, but as for dropping the nukes, its plausible, but unlikely unless defcon is established, remember a government needs people, with out people government wont exist, so them dropping nukes haphazardly is most likely not going to be an option, last thing America needs is the rest of the world freaking out because we nuked ourselves, then you will be seeing a fallout 3 scenario lol.

    and heres a fun thing to do, Chainmail out of pop tabs, dunno if anyone already knows about it, just found out so don’t shoot me down here, i got into it just to pass time, probably not going to hold up to zombie bites, but reinforce it enough with some wire, wallah, cheap and cool looking chainmail, all out of poptabs,

    awsome site as usual Sam, keep up the good work, and ill be on here soon enough, as for now, time for shut eye, still getting used to the time switch,

  • 322 logan Sep 14, 2009 at 2:47 pm

    and, yes pedro- when i think apocalypse, i think utter destruction and chaos- and, even if it doesn’t take days to show up, it can be unstoppable- 28 days later? pretty realistic as to how a contained virus can become a epidemic of dire consequences. ESPECIALLy if it starts in a contained area, say some lab out in the desert, the virus contaminates the whole crw, maybe 300 people without anyone knowing about it- hmm…not answering calls or anything, maybe something’s wrong with the system- by the time they have sent somebody down to see what the problem is, there is a good chance the infected will be way out of range, already killing more innocents… just my take on it

  • 323 pedro Sep 14, 2009 at 11:08 pm

    LOL, man it isnt going to be like a 28 days later epidemic. There is no way on earth that zombies will be able to run faster, be stronger and smarter than humans let alone walk faster than turtles in the first place, their f*kn dead for god sake. Im not hating in saying this, but to come to think about it i’ve sort of matured and grown up about the whole 2012 topic, frustrated is completely right, its all about money, thats the only reason zombie and apocalypse movies are made, it isnt going to happen and if it does who gives a shit, youve got just over 3 years to live your life to the fullest so use them wisely.

  • 324 logan Sep 15, 2009 at 5:43 am

    well, pedro-i’m not saying i believe in a zed apoc, its just i think the most probable cause will be some sort of virus, who knows- maybe they’ll walk slow as hell, or maybe they’ll sprint fast enough to overrun a regular human.- im not talking about the george romero zeds- im talking about infected, where there is a chance there would be virus that makes you freakin crazy or stuff like that, while retaining your speed. just my opinion. lets hope for george romero zeds….i think actually- NONE. :D

  • 325 diesyn Sep 15, 2009 at 4:58 pm

    Seriously, what are the odds of millions of people from around the world having Zombie oriented Dreams/Nightmares? I’ve been having them since I was a child, I enjoy them thoroughly. Everyone I know has them, even people that don’t watch horror films…. let alone a zombie film. There are some people that literally get angry when one brings up the topic of a zombie apocalypse and shoot down the theory. That being because they too have had the dreams and can’t stand the possibility that one day their friends and family members will try to kill them. Disturbing to some it may be, but don’t deny the far surpassing of our darkest nightmares.
    Be prepared for Anything.

  • 326 prophet Sep 15, 2009 at 6:03 pm

    its all fun and games until your organs get eaten by zombies…

    but i tell you what, i’ve heard ambulance sirens randomly goin’ off in my town for 4 days now. in fact, i think i hear one right now. and i heard a friggin’ helicopter flying over my house; at 11:00 pm last night! something’s going on. i know it.

  • 327 PFC Unknown Sep 15, 2009 at 8:47 pm

    lol easy guys, it ain’t a slug fest… yet, theres a difference to your every day average joe-zed, and the infected, both are depicted as zombies, 28 days later, 28 weeks later, dawn of the dead to name a few are the fast running super undead (and those in the game left for dead) there not dead technically, there infected with a virus/parasite, or some man made serum of catastrophe, undead zombies (actual dead zombies) are more then likely never to be seen, because, well there dead.

    and yeah i do agree the whole zombie thing and hollywood is big cash, and i mean big cash, but there has been testing with animals to revive undead tissue and bleeding a dog completely till flatline then pumping the blood back in and watching it live afterwards is kinda freaky (watch the video that Sam put up of the russian experiment) thats kinda proves there could be a possibility of zombies, if tech was that advanced back then, guess what chum, its 2009, and we got open heart operations, brain operations, we even have catscans, now not to be a turd, i think theres been some room for experimentation of corpses, as well as virus mutations, maybe not to infect all mankind with it, (intentionally) but theres a possibility of it existing. now whether or not zompocolypse happens? its up for debate, but the facts and opinions are on the table.

    just trying to dissipate a unnecessary fight. but the criticism is welcome, its a show who will be eaten first and the few stubborn ones later (like me, well maybe) but with a little imagination rather then that box a lot of people tend to think in, why not explore the outside, look in and see how we live a vary controlled life, (and we do) it wont hurt anyone to think outside the box a time or two, (thats where greatness waits, for those willing to use there brains other then everyday life) thats why my DS always told me when placing landmines, be amazed all the different ways to blow stuff up ;)

    but c’mon zombies are plausible, being a kill joy and saying we all need to grow up and get some doesn’t really show you the person saying it is mature, just saying you lack imagination, or an open mind. (both can get you killed over seas i might add).

    but i put my vote in, Zombies (infected ones) Definitely PLAUSIBLE.

  • 328 Alex E. Sep 16, 2009 at 8:35 am

    I just want to ask a question about what kind of “zombies” do you think there will be if something like this actually happens, if at all? Fast, slow, strong, weak, airborne, blood virus, or what? I’m just curious what other people think is the most probable thing of happening.

  • 329 Sam Sep 16, 2009 at 12:20 pm

    Alex E — please see this post: Undead or Infected Zombies and take your questions there.

    PFC — please remember to see both sides of an issue, no matter how absurd this vision of 2012 may seem. Even if you are a firm believer in the Zompacalypse, you must analyze both sides of the issue, and understand what the deniers feel. Research pro and con to every argument.

    Pedro — yes I too highly doubt in enhanced or super-powered zombies. They will either be our equals or lessors, but not superiors.

    Diesyn — When you do the math, a million people having zombie dreams is an insignificant number versus the population exposed to zombies in popular culture. Now if they all had the same dream…

  • 330 prophet Sep 20, 2009 at 1:37 am

    havent heard the sirens anymore. the government must have taken care it and covered it up…and shut a few people up along with that

  • 331 prophet Sep 22, 2009 at 8:19 pm

    the sirens are going off again. over the past 2 days, they’ve gone off 3 times. and 2 of those times, i heard helicopters soon after they went off. i fear the worst is soon to come…

  • 332 Ja'Neal Sep 26, 2009 at 2:55 pm

    Um I’m extremley scared of the thought of zombies. I watched 28 weeks later and Quarantine and I couldn’t sleep peacefully for a week. If this zombie apocolypse happens I think that im gonna just kill myself and save me the trouble of running from zombies and getting the shit scared out of me. I wish there was no such thing as zombies. Just thinking about zombies right now is getting me scared. I don’t know how I am gonna sleep tonight. :(

  • 333 prophet Sep 26, 2009 at 11:28 pm

    i heard mysterious gunshot-like banging sounds outside a few minutes ago. i doubt it would be fireworks because it’s raining. who would shoot off fireworks in the rain at 12:20 at night? my friends, i think the day is close at hand

  • 334 PFC Unknown Sep 27, 2009 at 10:10 pm

    lol appears i got a bit ahead of myself there, sorry bout that same, i would have to say though im 50/50 on the zompocolypse, could happen but might not, i just keep my mind open and like to stay fresh with things

    has anyone seen the 2012 thing on the history channel? they also got the nostradamus effect, sadly none say zombie evasion

  • 335 prophet Sep 28, 2009 at 4:55 am

    dont worry, dude. just convince yourself that there’s no such thing as zombies. (even though there are)

  • 336 Patryk Sep 29, 2009 at 3:46 am

    I’m glad I found this site because I’ve been having similar dreams, though it’s be somewhat reaccurring for a couple of years. Just a couple days ago I had a dream that a zombie outbreak started to happen during the daytime and me and a few people I rarely ever see hopped in a van and were about to take off when I realized I dropped a shoe and I forgot my camera. I bolted for my shoe grabbed my backpack (which had my camera) and bolted for the van and we took off down the highway. This is a little more comical than usual but it’s usually comes down to me being alone in the woods running down a dark path trying to find shelter being chased. I never get caught but I’m always alone. But I digress I wouldn’t bet money it would happen but if it does I’m already prepared. So if any of you live in Connecticut you all have an ally, I’m always a stone throws away. My Instant Messanger is Nooj x and my email is patrykthepharoh@yahoo.com hit me up. Thank god for internet on cell phones…
    Patryk

    oh yes I almost forgot stay away from a city like new york…8 million potential zombies can’t be fun

  • 337 Perserveriance Sep 30, 2009 at 12:59 pm

    Look Everyone the truth is and you can look this stuff up. The government is Getting ready for an outbreak soon there are Concentration Camps about 80 all over the united states being constructed for Epidemic’s coming. the Facts are The H1N1 Virus is a Rapidly Changing Mutagen within the human body already here in the home front with the “vaccine” that Has failed in preserving life Killing 1-10 People that take it. Now this virus could Evolve And Attack The Central Nervous System and the amount of Mercury in the “vaccine” Could pose as the possible influence of the Zombie Gene Or On the Other Hand we Got the Newly Found Cure For the Aids Virus the Reverses the Process on which aids affects the body doesn’t kill it just Changes the Format of the disease now that could spell Dramatic results either way we go Scientists Messing with Different kinds of gene’s and splicing gene’s Could one day become a very SCARY Situation Humanities Curiosity Will be the death of us all

    >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>PERSEVERANCE<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<

  • 338 prophet Sep 30, 2009 at 1:48 pm

    tru that, man. i also had a zombie dream a few nights ago. i believe it started with me and a group of survivors at their safehouse (it was day time by the way). i didnt know what the zombies were like so i asked them but figured out soon. we were outside. i found out they were the fast, smart kind and they chased us. then i ended up with a mysterious man who wore a hat that i didnt even know and we were walking to a small, silver truck that had crashed into a wall. but there was someone in the passenger seat…being attacked by a zomb. and somehow we ended up in the truck, driving down an empty highway. i was saying to him “i knew it would happen! i cant believe its happening!” it ended with our base being under attack and then i woke up. could it be a dream or a prediction…?

  • 339 ivan Sep 30, 2009 at 7:11 pm

    My friend also told me about the zombies but i believed but later he told me that he was kidding but i still believe that the world will end in 2012…………I actually can’t believe that this is gonna happen……….Do u think this is gonna happen?
    My friend also told me that the planet x that already exists is gonna crash in to earth and it is big as the sun,and its all in lava,and he also told me that he had a dream.He told me that in his dream he saw the planet x crashing into earth and he also told me that he saw the planet in his dream being green and black and under the green and black stuff there was lava. I don’t really know if the world is gonna end in 2012 but i am so interested in the zombie thing.Also my science teacher told me that the world is gonna end in a billion of years but i don’t know who to trust my science teacher or u guys.but i think that the zombie thing is gonna happen.But i really like ur stories guys.

  • 340 PFC Unknown Oct 1, 2009 at 2:21 am

    hey just a reminder for some of you Gamers Left 4 Dead 2 is on its way out soon, last i heard the launch date is Nov. 15 one day before my lovely celebration of the day of my birth… (sorry Sam if it posed off topic, ill jump back on track with everyone else)

    ok so i got a few of my friends from home together and talked about this impending zombie attack, like me there open minded about the subject and they cant say it cant or wont happen, but they all agree it could, but they also mentioned the likely hood of a foreign attack, and heres why:– after a great civilization meets its peak of power it begins to degrade and collapse under itself whether economically or by military force, and they feel 2012 could be the cut date that our great nation will be at the lowest leaving us prone to be attacked and invaded, now me being me i can see it happen either zombie or invasion of another country, (or both) but its an interesting concept to look at, another one of those outside the box thinking that i like so much. now just out of curiosity, what are some of your guys predictions of 2012 along with zombpocolypse? i figure if one thing or another happens (zombies or foreign invasion) the likelihood of the people on this site surviving is just as good as if china invades as if zombies start knocking on your door. (the use of china is a rhetorical situation, could be anyone other the china ) but other then that what else do you guys think could be a plausible scenario, think outside the box,

    heres my friends prediction if the end of our nation is on 2012 like many claim it to be: America hits all time low economically leaving our country in ruins financially, soon government begins to collapse then out of the blue country X decides to invade us for natural resources or just for land grab military and other paramilitary organizations (police, and medical units) are in disarray, complete havoc and anarchy rises leaving people stranded and un-organized, people like my small band of survivors band together and begin surviving as well as rebuilding our lost lives while repelling raiders, or their invading military units the best we can (you can easily see the similarities of many peoples zombie survival in this) packing light and keep moving only building what we need for shelter before finally settling down away from enemy fractions and caring and accepting fellow survivors.

    so thats an example, (you can use both invading military and rise of zombies if you think its plausible

    but its just an idea, feel free to mutate the scenario to you, or build off it and share what you think could possibly could happen

  • 341 Sam Oct 1, 2009 at 10:23 am

    Ivan — there is no planet X, sorry, and any planet the size of the sun would implode in on itself to become a sun. Oh, and trust your science teacher, never trust anything you read on the Internet. We’re all crazy here. In a couple billion years, yes, the sun will eat the world, but it’ll be full of zombies anyway.

    PFC — Interesting theory, and yes it follows traditional economics and national meltdowns, but it’s pretty off topic, I’d like to keep this all related to zombies if at all possible.

    Everyone else — save the dream stories, I’ll have a separate post for you later.

  • 342 prophet Oct 2, 2009 at 2:53 pm

    yeah ivan, your friends fulla crap. he doesnt know what hes talking about. its zombies all the way! not colliding planets

  • 343 King Belial Oct 5, 2009 at 7:54 am

    Ok, Planet X is not a planet the size of the sun that will collide with the earth. I dont know where you’re friend aquired that information but it is incorrect. Planet X is a theoretical planet beyond pluto that scientists believe exists because it’s existance regulates the gravitational physics of the solar system. And honestly, i think that 12/21/12 is just going to be another Y2K where everyone freaks out but nothing realy happens. But hey, thats just my oppinion. I do believe the zombie apocalypse will take place in my lifetime but i do not believe that it will be on 12/21/12. It could happen before or after, but the likelyhood of it happening on that exact date is slim.

  • 344 Colin P Oct 5, 2009 at 3:29 pm

    Hey guys, been a while since I posted.

    I believe that the zombies will one day walk the Earth, but I’m not sure if it will happen on the 12/21/12.
    Something like that doesn’t just pop out of no where. But if all this galactic alignment stuff is true, could it possibly alter something in our atmosphere that makes people go crazy? It’s just a thought.

  • 345 pieguy1000 Oct 6, 2009 at 1:18 am

    I agree with most of what all of you say but, would having weapons such as bats, machete, knives etc.. be much better than having a gun in most scenarios. You dont have to reload and look for ammo…guns are very usefull yes but i think the wepons i put are much better

  • 346 zombieXshotgun Oct 7, 2009 at 11:30 pm

    i have a dream some what like yours it starts when i wake up in my dream from there being to much light in my room and theres some rustling downstairs getting up in full amour and having a base ball bat i got up before i went downstairs i go to my dads room to find his lifeless body torn apart i smelled the stench of his remains i close my eyes and go towards his weapon shelf grabbing a single pistol (K-12) and a pump shotgun . i then exit his room and go in my brothers room luckily he was asleep too i woke him up giving him a pistol i had gotten from dads room and telling him not to go in there we decided to go downstairs i peeked around the corner seeing a huge obese infected human trying to be as quite as possible which didn’t work because he turned around with loud roar if stormed at me and my brother i then aimed the shotgun at his swollen head pulling the trigger and with a loud bang the obese infected stopped right in his tracks and fell to the ground with a twitch in his right leg. i slowly crept downstairs then i slowly nudged his corpse knowing that he was dead i went to the kitchen t o a huge hole in my celling the sky was a reddish orange color the color of no hope i guess you could say grabbing as much supplies as i could i had my brother check outside he came running in yelling that the horde was coming the army’s losing many men! looking at him like he was crazy i went to see what he was talking about he was right! there was a war going on out side my house run to my moms car for cover ask the few soldiers hiding what was going on they said its was the scientist they did this i asked how they said they have no idea running to a new location fight off any infected in my path collecting supplies finding weapons and survivors when i had finally gotten to location a top secret military base and thats when i wake up :P

  • 347 Dalton Oct 8, 2009 at 10:37 am

    Personally, I’d prefer a Swiss Halberd http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halberd So as to keep the zombies at a distance and lop a few heads off, and a suit of Chainmail armor http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chainmail Because zombies can’t bite through chainmail (Shark Scientists actually use chainmail to get close to sharks) and your obvious supplies, except instead of Water I’d prefer Dr. Pepper, overall I think that you’d have much better a chance to “Go Medieval” on zombies then “Going Modern” But in truth I don’t think zombies will pop up anytime soon, I know how the government and many others have Biological Weapon Programs, but I’m sure they’d rather just make a zombie army, or threaten people with Zombie Pandemics then actually using it on the world. Fear is said to get you more plces then true power

  • 348 prophet Oct 8, 2009 at 9:19 pm

    do you guys think it’ll be a virus or a Wrath-of-God thing? cuz if it’s a virus, then your right

  • 349 Jon of the Shred Oct 10, 2009 at 10:40 am

    I have recurring zombie dreams all the time. When the swine flu outbreak initially started, I was following the Grateful Dead all over the East coast, and occasionally I would come home to take a one day break. On one such break I saw all this news about swine flu, with hundreds dead (or infected) in Mexico, and I kept a close eye on the situation before embarking on the rest of Dead tour. Needless to say, I was cautiously awaiting H1N1 to turn into a zombie outbreak, or for a news report to leak suggesting it already IS a zombie outbreak, just being covered up.

    I was wrong though, it appears as though Swine Flu is just that…a flu. It could always mutate though, who knows. And if zombies start popping up, I’ll be honest and say it right now…it might be kinda fun. Funner than other types of apocalyptic scenarios we could face. For example, a big comet or meteor smashing into the Earth? Lame, very little hope. Nuclear holocaust? Everyones fucked. Zombies? Survival of the fittest. Hell, it’d even be cool if all the animals of the world tried to overthrow humanity for polluting it, but if I live to see the apocalypse, at least let me bust out the Mayan War Axe and kick some ass. Preferably zombie.

    Dreams could always be prophetic, but I doubt the dozens of zombie dreams I have are. That’s because I’ve seen over 50 zombie movies, play a lot of Left 4 Dead, and am writing my own zombie musical. I like zombies so much I went and saw Zombieland not once, not twice, but THREE times already. Once alone (stoned on opening night), one time free for giving a friend a ride to a drug test (also really stoned), and once for free for giving a girl the best lovin she’s had (also stoned this time too.)

    Lets hope I can at least finish the screen play for Night of the Living Shred before the zombie apocalypse, amIrite? The world needs a stoner zombie musical.

  • 350 Steve Oct 14, 2009 at 3:25 pm

    A 28 Days Later/Zombie Land style zombie is a possibility. One thing that never gets touched on in these movies is the fact that the human body will die from dehydration after several days. After the majority of the population has been killed or infected and survivors have holed up in areas outside of major cities, the average lifespan of a zombie is very short. All of these movies indicate that the situation went from bad to worse very quickly. 60 days following grounf zero outbreak should leave the land safe to traverse. The important thing is to watch for the signs and not trust the government to assist. Take your family to the countryside away from major population centers, stock up on food, water, medicine and ammo.

  • 351 Aaron Oct 14, 2009 at 4:51 pm

    alright this 2012 crap is the Mayans talkin. in the bible god said no one will know when the time will come. he also said the world will end in fire. another thing he said is that the dead will walk again….
    so im not impressed by this Mayan stuff.

  • 352 frogboy Oct 14, 2009 at 6:10 pm

    hey, its me again. i still think that people should start forming a group or something. i mean, why be an individual, when you can set up a well-built, well-armed, building. many people working and living for one goal is always better than one person setting out by themselves. and also, why hasnt the government noticed all the attention its getting with this kind of thing. maybe barack obama is stockpiling for the end of his presidency, too…

  • 353 grant Oct 15, 2009 at 7:47 pm

    i dont meen to get all religious.. but for those who talked about having dreams about the end of the world.. i told my pastor about recent dreams iv been having about the end of the world, though my dreams were more about a nuclear fallout.. he said in the bible it seas the old will die and the young will have dreams and visions.. idk about you but at times like this im starting to beleive the whole situation with 2012. something is going to happen soon i take my dreams as a warning.

  • 354 Tyler Oct 18, 2009 at 7:09 pm

    This is a very interesting topic with some great information but to tell you the truth, if something like this were to happen or evolve, i would probably just want to be killed or eaten. I wouldn’t be able to live in a world full of death and disease without contracting it again unless there is a cure. People get sick all the time but imagine if it was something such as this instead of the common cold. I would be pretty scared thinking that my friends and relatives were nothing other than enraged bodies with no ability to reason. reply to the comment above, you have an awesome plan but i don’t think there will be any tv besides the news

  • 355 Ethan Ellis Oct 18, 2009 at 7:42 pm

    Yo if this shit ever happens id take some 22s pistols go to Kittery [Trading] post in Kittery Maine Load up some Ammo and go to Maine And do like they did in the movie Defiance And create a base with trees and survive with my friends and anyone else who doesn’t want to sit around to be killed. I’ll Make everyone and Anyone who wants to come do a share i will have quads completely surrounded with Metal or a Gater reinforced with windshields and put doors on it so nothing can get in and run over zombies and shit and keep going in a constant circle around base hitting zombies and Then Men with rifles on top of base shooting down to any zombies they see then Machine guns on the first level. Ill kill an army if i have too. I think my perspective is very good and if i ever needed to BY forcement to save lives with no money ethier find a gun shop and ask for guns pay back later or just steal them. I think my plan would be very successfull. I would call my group the Ellis Otriad.

  • 356 prophet Oct 20, 2009 at 4:13 pm

    you are retarded if you think the H1N1 virus could turn into the zombie virus. gosh, frekin idiot!!!!

  • 357 Brian Oct 22, 2009 at 8:24 pm

    See…I hope a Zombie Apocylpse really happens because I wanna kill whoever I want! AK-47 headshot a Zombie then…RUN! (I only will run if theres a Horde) To tell u the truth…people say in 2012 a meteor 8-times the size of earth will kill us all. Geez, what kind of bull is that?! We would have seen it by 2010! And another one is Nuclear war. Think! For example! No offense to the Chineese and all but this is just an example. Lets say the Chineese nuke us and nuke the world. Because the chineese do Suicide bombing and stuff so u can picture them going insane with nukes…right? STILL PLEASE I’M NOT RACIST! Just an example. So, with the meteor 20%. Nuclear war…30%. And a zombie apocylpse 70%! See we’d have no chance of survival with the meteor. And going back to the example (The chinnese example) they nuke the world (Including them) and we’d have NO CHANCE OF SURVIVAL! BECAUSE WE WOULDN’T SEE IT COMING! So a Zombie apocylpse is the only way to survive 2012. SO WHO’S WITH ME!?!?!?!?!?!?!?!?!?!?!?

  • 358 Vince Oct 26, 2009 at 9:25 am

    A zombie outbreak is very plausible. Just seeing how things like the swine flu spread so easily should be enough warning to all to be prepared. I mean even if it doesn’t happen whats the harm in being ready and doing research? I have a military pack in my closet packed for 16 days of foot travel ready to go in case of a zombie outbreak, but I don’t run around arguing or recruiting for an apocalypse. Props to you Sam for keeping this forum up and running. This is my first time coming across it and I’m definitely impressed. Any other information you come across would be welcomed via my email. Also anyone wanting to get prepared should look into Max Brooks book: The Zombie Survival Guide. It covers everything from how a zombie outbreak could start via virus to packing for the run to outbreaks in history. Zombies are not a joke.

  • 359 Zombie-Hunter Sam Oct 27, 2009 at 12:03 pm

    Vince — thanks for sharing. Please email me with details on that 16-day pack for a future article. I’ve never heard of a Bug-Out-Bag so large! You’re exactly right, research, prepare, train. I have a small BOB, and it’s never packed. My vehicle however, is always gassed up and ready to go.

    Ethan — it sounds nice in theory, but if you are a perceived threat, the army will kill you faster than you can say “Gun Show”. You *will* be a perceived threat if you try to take over the camp. Stay low, keep moving.

  • 360 Callum Oct 27, 2009 at 3:12 pm

    I recently had this dream about zombies. Note – these were infected humans that could run.

    So, it started in my school (though it seemed different and the building had an upstairs). We had just finished making a barricade in front of the glass doors. We knew the barricade would be no good but it gave us some sliver of confidence. I was armed with a copper pipe.
    They crashed through the barricade and i killed about 3 of them in the rush. Those at the front held their ground but fell after about 20 seconds. The rest of us fled to the upper floor. By the time we reached the upper floor, me and 2 other survivors were there. We stacked up the tables and i climbeb on top to try and open a glass panel on the ceiling, leading to the roof. 5 of the infected came down the corrider and 1 smashed through the glass panel onto me. I killed it. Killed 1, 2. Another was about to bite me and i woke up (:

  • 361 Palidyn ap Hewyl Oct 27, 2009 at 7:17 pm

    I wonder if you have considered the effects of Avian Flu, which CDC and WHO doctors in the field are calling “chicken Ebola?” This virus has killed 100% of the people infected with it since the beginning of 2009, 69% overall. The bug-out plan had better include staging supplies at a location well outside the metropolitan area you live in; advisedly in an isolated location with well-water, a fire place with years of wood in supply. Pinto beans, rice and multi-vitamins in vast quantities might be urged, along with the things one seldom thinks about, like toilet paper, tooth-paste, soap and the like. Road armies trying to find and steal the supplies from well stocked survivors are another matter that must be taken into your calculations.

  • 362 vince Nov 4, 2009 at 12:04 pm

    Sam, I signed up as a member for the site looking for your email, but I cant figure out how to find it without you posting it so let me know. Short explanation of my pack: I chose 16 days because I live in Austin, TX but my family lives 380 miles away in a secluded small town. At 24 miles a day I will reach them before my food runs out. My pack includes: 12 MRE, fillet knife, 100 ft rope, small first aid kit. fire blanket, night vision goggles, machete, hunting knife, 120 20-Gauge shells, map of Texas, map of Austin, topographical map of Texas, 1000 page wilderness survival guide (read cover to cover 3 times) in zip-lock bag, 10 plastic bags, popular trails of TX book also in zip-lock bag, second set of hiking boots and clothes in water proof bag, magnesium flint striker, 2 canteens, compass, and a few other misc. things. I am more than willing to explain how it all fits together, my plan, and why I packed what I did, even though you probably already understand it all, and any other questions you have just tell me how to contact you.

  • 363 Toofer010 Nov 4, 2009 at 12:17 pm

    Trying to turn rabies into something to be beneficial in anyway is a bad idea. If it were to mutate and come into being something that would eat away at a brain it would probably end up destroying us all. The worst idea I have heard in a very long time. Now the idea of the so named Zeds eating humans I think is a definite possibility. I mean our most basic survival instinct is to feed and if the brain is compromised and it gets to the point where there is no reasoning or any such thing left in the brain I don’t see why they would not attack and ‘eat’ humans. I mean if a Zed’s brain is compromised to a degree and he gets the insatiable urge to eat then he would most likely turn to the nearest source of food whether it be human or otherwise. There are accounts of people suffering brain damage and eating themselves to death because the brain could not transfer the signal that the stomach was full. So Zeds eating humans because of a severely mutated rabies strand seems like a definite possibility to me. Also something to think on is the cure to cancer that we are so keen to achieve. What if something goes horribly wrong with that i mean really it’s easier to mess that up than it is to mess up the rabies thing.

  • 364 Zombie-Hunter Sam Nov 5, 2009 at 10:24 am

    Vince — what pack do you use, and how heavy is it? Only 12 MRE’s for a 16 day hike? My email is sam at undeadreport dot com. Good call on the maps and book.

  • 365 Spotte Nov 6, 2009 at 6:28 pm

    i don’t understand these people who make accounts on this website just to shoot it down. What a bunch of no-life [REDACTED], any way i believe this 100%, it might not happen in 2012 but it [might] happen soon.

  • 366 Chester Nov 7, 2009 at 8:50 pm

    Ok i’ve been thinking a lot about this (a few years) and if there were to be a zombie virus of some sort, it would probably be not so much of a bad thing because, yes a zombie-like virus is a big maybe but the reanimated corpse thing is just impossible (lets be real about this). So what i think is that it would probably be some sort of mutated rabies virus, of course spread around by bites.
    I do not believe they would not be as quite dumb as many have portrayed them to be but maybe animal-like with the know-how to do simple things (like opening a door or using tools) and if it is a rabies-like virus,so then logically a shot to the heart or a big enough hole should kill them, either way sooner or later they will all starve to death :) Even though the problem with the infected will be a short lived one (a month or so maybe more), it still will be pretty horrible and tragic.
    Many lives will be lost, the world changed forever.

    P.S. i do not think the world will end exactly on 12/21/2012 but be forever changed by events either leading up to or after 2012

  • 367 mike Nov 8, 2009 at 12:11 am

    yeah eventually the rabies will burn out the host.

  • 368 Joe Nov 9, 2009 at 4:56 pm

    I just want to share my opinion about this if a zombie apocalypse actually happens im going be ready with my steel baseball bat had made a home run up 459 ft im going to destroy there brains out and the i will go to wal mart and get guns and ammo go up the roof with some food and shoot them from their all i know im going to survive either way if it doesn’t happen or if it does happen

  • 369 Chester Nov 10, 2009 at 12:00 am

    Hmm, hey any of you guys know how hard you have to hit to kill a zed with a bat or crow bar?

  • 370 gary Nov 10, 2009 at 10:19 am

    i just got on this website but i [been] [watching] all the zombie [movies] i can [I'm] also prepared for any thing

    is it [really] going to happen if it does we will be ready also we should gather up with our [families] to once we now its [really] happening so can kick some ZOMBIE ASS!

  • 371 logan Nov 10, 2009 at 1:44 pm

    I’d imagine just hard enough to cause traumatic cranial damage (whoa, did i even use those words right?) but basically hard enough to destroy the brain (classic zed case)
    on the other hand, i’d think just as hard as you would have to hit to kill a human

  • 372 Orange glint Nov 10, 2009 at 9:34 pm

    I was a zombie lover (or hater) from an extremely young age. But im regretting to say my belief wavers. Its simple human instinct and ability to run and strike when the need arises. How would this so called virus decrease motor skills without affecting other areas of the brain? Why would the zombie be to stupid to open a door or pick up a rock to hit with if again those simple problem solving skills are present in dolphins parrots and rats? And the most basic need that all life experiences is that to reproduce not eat. If that situation were to come around ( raper zombies) I would without a doubt kill myself. I think when the idea of the zombie requiring a headshot was invented (if it was) it was more based on the difficulty of hitting your target than practical knowledge. Its a smaller area to aim at and bobs up and down with movement. plus the already lethal nature of a headshot (destroying less than 1 percent of the human body can kill said person) would explain the logic behind it. Overall id say the zombie would be a still living human with high pain tolerance who would aggressively attack others. And who’s to say the infected wouldn’t attack each other if they were so violence crazed? The possibility of a virus witch I thought was evolved to disrupt bodily functions or inflame, causing its host to be so motivated to specifically bite another of its species is a theory thats out of my mind. I think it just changed from BRRRRAAAAINNNS because that was so dorky and not as scary as having a chunk taken out of your throat. I cant think of any other way the virus would enter the bloodstream though. The teeth are the only part of the human body that have liquids secreted onto them and can be used to easily puncture skin as far as im concerned. But maybe the disease could be sexually transmitted. Who knows?

    Well there you have it. The turmoil in my head translated to type.

  • 373 Chester Nov 11, 2009 at 2:59 pm

    Yeah true but after a while your arms will get tired so you better be in good shape :)

  • 374 Chester Nov 11, 2009 at 3:34 pm

    Hmm you gave me a thought Orange glint, if all that is true (and probably is; logic) then it be like taking a human and just dumbing them down to their basic animal instincts (minus the aggressiveness) and basically living their lives (or afterlives) hunting for food (us or anything they can gt their hands on). As seen in nature they may soon figure out that hunting in a pack or a group will give them a better chance at their next meal along with this pack hunting idea is the thought of them sooner or later developing hunting strategy or planning like an ambush plan or setting up some kind of preset course that will lead the human into a trap (between a brick wall and a pack of hungry aggressive animal persons)

  • 375 Orange glint Nov 13, 2009 at 2:53 pm

    Thanks dude. im just trying to put some sense into what has turned from a possible theroy to a crazy movie monster.

  • 376 Orange glint Nov 14, 2009 at 10:17 am

    I actually had a zombie dream last night. I had my ww1 dagger and i was stabbing one in the head. then all of a sudden my brother popped up with a revolver and shot a huge fat lady. It wasn’t one of the “visions” ppl r talking about though because after that we went through a vent like in halflife and ended up in a room filled with guns and chainsaws lol. I think its cause i played left for dead like 2 days before for the first time or maybe its cause i talk about it with ppl so much. The dagger worked rly well in the dream tho i killed two zombies with one stab each but 1 took 2 stabs. O well I [guess] it was just a dream because it didn’t seem like anything that would actually happen. My brother shot this fat zombie like 4 times in the head and it didn’t die =/. O well though more of my crazy ranting translated to type.

    Btw if any one knows a way to sharpen a dagger to make it more pointy not sharp cause ii [guess] u gotta stab em through the top of the head please tell me.

  • 377 Head_Hunter94 Nov 16, 2009 at 2:23 pm

    Hey guys!
    I have been having really creepy dreams too. They are all zombie related and I have them every night. They always turn out bad…well, except for the last few. I just don’t know what to think. I mean the world ending in 2012?! I don’t have much time left if so. I really do think the zombie apocalypse will happen. It might not, but we don’t know. I just hope it doesnt end then. It’s going to be real tough. I’m going to have to protect my eight year old sister, three year old and 5 year old sister. We should all form a group to survive.

    Oh! Sorry, the thing I was going to say was my dreams are weird. I dream that i’m always with my dad and eight year old sister and we are trying to escape from zombies. I either end up leaving them to go my own way with another group or we end up stuck with my half sisters mom ugh!!! She is one person to not have with you during a zombie apocalypse lol! I hate it, I hope it doesn’t turn out that way. I wouldn’t want my sisters, mom, or dad to die or else I couldn’t go on…if it was all of them. If I still had the rest alive and one died,I would have to go on! Thats the only bad thing about a zombie apocalypse, I would not want my sister to have to go through that. You would have to worry all the time. Stress, stress, stress!!!!

    Well, a cool site you guys should check out and join is http://www.lastdaysjournal.com it’s pretty cool.
    Sorry for babbling on and on lol!!!
    p.s. I LOVE THIS SITE! I CHECK IT EVERYDAY!

  • 378 Colin P Nov 17, 2009 at 11:05 am

    @Head_Hunter94

    I understand. My mum and my 14 year old sister just wouldn’t be able to stick a zombie apocalypse. I hate to say it, but it would be too much stress and hassle for me to cope with. But at the same time I wouldn’t want them to die, as that would really affect me.

    My dad was in the army for 9 years, seen lots of bad stuff happen and lost some close friends in the Falklands war. I’d be pretty safe with him.

  • 379 Oz Nov 18, 2009 at 2:20 pm

    So… Just sharing my thought in this zombie apocalypse thing….

    First of all, although I do believe a zombie apocalypse is plausible, I don’t think it’s too probable (Then again, it’s still good to be somewhat experienced in the subject. Better have it and not need it…).

    But there is one thing that actually makes zombies less fearful.
    Now, we already saw how the living dead are pratically impossible… that leaves us with rabies(like)-infected people. For most people, those zombies would be scarier, because they can run and are smarter than the undead… but wouldn’t that mean they could be killed with a simple bullet to the chest and grenades? You know, be killed the same way one kills a human? And couldn’t the governments just send their armies and WHAM?

    Also, being alive, wouldn’t those zombie have to sleep??

  • 380 Orange glint Nov 18, 2009 at 3:02 pm

    Id have to say id abandon my family and go with friends. My dads fat and 50 years old along with being extremely bad tempered and lazy. My brother is spitefull and insane. The rest of my family i barely ever see so id be fine without them.

  • 381 Zombie Hunter Sam Nov 18, 2009 at 5:06 pm

    Oz — Grenades are primarily used for flushing out enemies behind fortified positions, but yes they could be used in crowds, if the crowds were large/slow enough. As for sleeping — yes they must, but we’re not anticipating effects like being hopped up on speed or coke. Regardless, it must eventually wear itself out and temporarily rest. Don’t expect this too often, however.

  • 382 logan Nov 18, 2009 at 5:13 pm

    sounds like you loooooooooooooooooooooooooove your family, orange glint. I’d stick with family, i trust them more.

  • 383 mike Nov 19, 2009 at 1:14 am

    they may not necesarely “need” too sleep but their bodies may give out from exhaustion from time to time
    if it is a rabies zombie they will be short lived as the virus will eventually kill them. so waiting in a fortified area is possible until burnout.

    as for family? i have a wfe and 2 month old baby girl. id want to get them somewhere safe first and foremost, if i lost them i really wouldnt want to go on living.

  • 384 Oz Nov 19, 2009 at 6:46 am

    The thing with sleeping and resting is that in that case, you can actually have a good night sleep or at least some rest from time to time (or not. probably not…).
    Anyway, knowing your enemy isn’t going to be CONSTANTLY knocking at your door or magically know where you are (like “classic” zombies) is quite the psychological boost.

    BTW, I know this isn’t supposed to be a gun topic, but what do you people think of a Ruger 10/22(possibly with silencer, if i can find one) for a defence weapon? It’s light, 22. rimfire is pretty common and it’s auto-loading.
    I have my doubts about the actual firepower of the 22. LR, though…

  • 385 Chester Nov 20, 2009 at 12:33 am

    If it were me, i’d just stick with whoever is around me at the time and NOT go searching through the messed up, crazed infested hellhole of a city filled with a growing population of man-eating cannibals to look for my family (If they are not wih me a the time). However i would abandon those around me if they cause a bigger risk to me and/or others safety and survival

  • 386 Drystak Nov 20, 2009 at 5:54 pm

    I think this is amzing, actually just last night I had a dream about a Zombie Apocalypse. I was at our Mall along with my friends and many other people I knew. Then an outbreak of Zombies randomly happened, so we blocked off every entrance at the mall, and the escalators we made them go down, see if the zombies are slow they probally will not be able to get up an escalator moving down. Soo eventually the Zombies find their way into the mall, But we were prepared, shotguns, swords, even pitchforks, haha. But anything we can find to try and save ourselves. I thought it was the coolest dream ever.

  • 387 zombien1 Nov 21, 2009 at 8:31 am

    i really don’t believe in this zombie stuff … but since you are talking about dreams… when i dream of zombies i am always slaying them with special powers … i don’t remember very well those dreams but i remember the first time i dreamed with zombies i was entering a abandoned house and then i realize there were zombies and i got really scared at the beginning but when one came after me i sense a power rising inside of me and then a shiver ran in my spine and i get some powers and i start to kill them. After killing the zombies i blew up the house, flied high up to the sky and then i start to kill the zombies in the rest of the world…..
    zombies?.. come on people :/
    i didn’t real well the articles but i will…i doubt i will change my mind after reading it all

  • 388 Orange glint Nov 22, 2009 at 11:21 am

    Oz. in my veiw the ruger 10/22 would is the best anti zombie firearm in the world if they are the headshot only kind. If they turn into magical olympic athlete zombies like in dawn of the dead i have to say id want a shotgun. My good old benelli m1.

  • 389 mike Nov 23, 2009 at 9:36 pm

    gott agree with orange, as far as actuall undead, has to have a headshot zombies id take a good 22.
    for fast moving, on your ass in second zombies alla 28 days. id want my shotgun.
    i like the ruger 10/22, but i cant argue with my marlin model 60′s accuracy. lower ammo capacity but have tube speed loaders

    hey orange, its funny how our guns are kinda oppisite, you have a high cap .22 semi auto, and a standerd cap shotgun.
    i have a low cap .22 and a hi cap shotgun.

  • 390 Callum Nov 24, 2009 at 3:14 pm

    Has anyone here seen the TV series ‘Dead Set’? I don’t think that it was shown in america being a British series. Google it. It’s any amazing series a definately worth the watch.

    What would the ultimate zombie survival building be?
    I have several in mind at the moment such a treehouse maybe? Unless they can climb. A bank or a police station mainly because of the reinforced doors and walls and the bars over the windows.

    Also, do you think that a zombie would notice you under a camoflage net or a ghillie suite in the forest or undergrowth?

  • 391 mike Nov 25, 2009 at 10:37 am

    ultimate zombie building? deserted prison with food supplies and ammo still intact. in reality no place is ever going to be permanently safe. things to consider, food supply, ammo supply, defensibility, also consider how how many people may already be trying for your spot.

    as for zombies and cammo? depends on what type of zombie your dealing with.

  • 392 Colin P Nov 25, 2009 at 6:43 pm

    I’ve seen Dead Set. It was pretty good but it got worse towards the end in my opinion.

    If I were you, I’d steer clear of police stations and banks, as people would be running to the police for help and safety, and there would probably be people trying to rob the bank.

    But I don’t see why you can’t go there when things have died down a little. There’s a gun shop, a police station, and a grocery store just down my road. Hehe.

  • 393 josho123 Nov 25, 2009 at 7:03 pm

    Well Callum ive heard zombies rely on smell but we dont no yet so idk , i would not recomend u doing this in a apacolypse. A tree house would not recomend either. i would go for a Food market or somthing like that or a tall building.

  • 394 Milton Nov 25, 2009 at 11:08 pm

    I am a Iraq war vet and I too have reoccuring dreams of a zombie/infected pandemic of apocalyptic proportions. Honestly, I want to move out in the middle of nowhere to be better prepared if my dreams do come true. I am now a zombie movie fan and try to read/ learn as much as possible about the subject. It is almost a hobby of mine.
    I am glad there is a website of likeminded people here, I dont feel so wierd now.
    Thank you.

  • 395 Chris Nov 28, 2009 at 10:37 am

    ive done quite a bit of research on the 2012 phenomenon and to be frank this is the first ive heard about this zombie scenario. im what you you would consider an intellectual and to be honest in all my research the only thing that comes close to to this is a passage from the bible where it states that the dead will rise to be judged before the rapture of jesus’s church. this you will not see for it will happen in the twinkle of an eye. and if that does happen that means everyone left behind will see much worse things than zombies. other people believe the poles are going to switch. this is a very likely scenario because we are moriving from the north side of our galaxy to the south. the gravitational pull from the black hole in the center of the galaxy suddenly goes from pulling on our southern hemisphere to the northern. this creates our magma under the earths crust to reverse its rotation making every volcano on earth to go off at once. also there will be worldwide earthquakes not limited to one remote location but the entire planet will feel the effects. if you dont believe in pole shifts or the bible, do you honestly think we are alone in the universe. some say we will have a spiritual awakening in which our third eye (the penial gland located in the center of our brain and controls our dream states) will open causing us to gain psychic abilitys, propelling us into the fourth and fifth demensions(the fifth being where heaven is). our DNA structure will change during this time, but not turning us to zombies but upgrading us (the precambrian and the cambrian explosion prove that we dont evolve gradually but every time weve evolved in the past it was a very abrupt, sudden change). these evolutionary changes happen every time the planet goes into the cosmic dust that remains in our arm of the galaxy. speaking of which this cosmic dust explains part of the bible where the sun brightness in our solar systemis reduced by 1/3. we are also going through an 11 year period where our sun is putting out massive solar flares which will completely knock out almost all (if not all) communication on our planet. no i think that zombies will be the least of our problems duriing these dire times. thanx for listening. good luck and god bless everyone in 2012.

    p.s. “its a good idea to always plan for the best, but prepare for the worst”

    p.p.s. “id rather have a gun and not need it, than need a gun and not have one”

  • 396 Callum Nov 28, 2009 at 11:05 am

    I was thinking that a building that has big windows would be bad. Aha! a house boat or a yacht? so many options but each has it’s pros and cons.
    I also like the survival shop too! But living and England… getting hold of it is just not going to happen :P.
    I go to the gym 4 times a week so by 2012 i should be physically preapred by then which is important and a major factor to survival. However, i lack the right gear for the situation which i shall grab earlier on in 2012.

  • 397 Ben Nov 29, 2009 at 5:25 pm

    You guys are pretty funny.

    Seriously, I think you guys have been playing too much Left 4 Dead.

    But hey, I found this site, so obviously I had some interest on this subject.

    Anyways, I found many of these comments extremely funny and some extremely sad. You guys are basing the probability of a world catastrophe because of the merely fact that ‘so many people having zombie dreams’. Well let’s see. I’ve had a dream about so much crazy shit I couldn’t even post about it if I had a year. And I’ve never had a zombie dream (albeit, I bet I’ll have one tonight since I just spent almost an hour reading about all of your zombie dreams). But seriously, the fact that all you guys had zombie dreams means nothing. If every poster so far here has had a zombie dream, that’s 400 zombie dreams. Okay, there’s 6 billion people on the planet. That’s like 0.000006% of the human population.

    Good luck, guys, seriously, just because this Sam guy makes an article with a bunch of hyperlinks that are loosely related to what he’s talking about does not mean you need to blow it out of proportion. And I hope you realize that he does make money by getting all of you to come here and come back because he has ads at the top of his page. But who am I to say that he’s doing it for money, maybe he really does believe in this stuff and he’s just using the money to keep this site up. Hell, this post will probably get deleted. Hopefully enough of you read this before that happens.

    Regardless, good luck to guys, and even if you do believe this will happen, just remember that most of you will become zombies initially so it won’t even matter if you prepare or not for it.

  • 398 PFC Unknown Nov 30, 2009 at 9:30 pm

    so its been forever since i been back to this site, been pretty busy lately, and now im stuck in a hospital bed and a laptop for company, figured why not stop at the best site on the planet,

    anywho, to milton, i know what you mean with the dreams, had them and still have them occasionally, but as for everyone else (especially service men/women don’t take a round for anyone if you in a zed infested area) just saying, if its combat then its a good idea (kinda), but friendly fire isn’t great, especially when you’re surrounded by several undead drooling over their next meal… you… but back to the topic, spoken to a few of my pals over here who is in the survival group i started when we head back home, after seeing Defiance (the Jews running into the woods building shelters etc.) our group decided it was a great idea to do it when trouble starts and were forced to evacuate our homes as a temporary stockpile/HQ figured it wouldn’t hurt to use it as a HQ for the first couple of days, planning our next step and evaluating the situation as it unfolds, isn’t anything fancy like an elaborate trench system or underground bunkers, maybe just one partially buried building large enough to accommodate 3-4 men and gear with enough food to survive a bad situation (coming back to resupply ammo and food) keeping it nicely hidden and only coming back to it for supplies or a temporary HQ or home base, its a shaky idea, still deciding how it should be done and what not, just an idea, as for weapons nothings really changed for our group, standard milspec weapons, .22 cal to 7.62 x39 for hunting and defense, everyones got a machete or large blade,

    group consists as a normal military squad, one team leader, one gunner (pack mule for ammo), medic (carries bulk of first aide) scout (carries anything with a scope, low weight and armor, fast mover) rifleman (standard load out same as team leader) and engineer (pretty much repairs anything broken, building fortifications, carries majority of the tools and mess kit)

    standard squad, we agreed to swap or rotate place keeping us all capable of doing one another’s jobs, medic does engineers job, engineer does gunners job etc. etc.
    hope this helps a little,

  • 399 Head_Hunter94 Dec 1, 2009 at 10:08 pm

    The thing that’d suck is most likely your going to be seperated from your family and half of you wont make it. You might be at school or out of state or something. Thats what i’m always worrying about. If that happens i wouldn’t go on i would just kill myself. I am going to try and come up with a plan though that could possibly work. I think i could survive but most of my family wouldn’t, only my dad and maybe my sis if we protect her well enough.

  • 400 Zombie Hunter Sam Dec 2, 2009 at 2:38 pm

    Thanks for all the great comments everyone! The list is getting very long and has been wavering on/off topic for a while, so I will close comments soon. First, some replies:

    Brian: You’re a bit off base here, a meteor 8 times the size of planet Earth would be another planet. A meteor only a few miles wide would have the potential of destroying us all. Aaaand, the Chinese do not blow themselves up, but their cheap electronics sometimes do.

    Chris: Wow, thanks for your input, but some of your theories are a bit off base (ha, on this site, right!) A pole shift has nothing to do with the gravity of the solar system or a black hole at the center. It’s a natural electromagnetic phenomenon that takes thousands of years to happen, and data seems to point that we are overdue for one. As far as spiritual awakening goes — I leave this to the philosophers, not the zombie panickers. The solar flares have been large, but nothing unusual.

    Ben: thanks for sharing! I only delete incredibly stupid or misspelled posts. I’m not so much basing it on dreams, I understand the numbers there. We’re just hypothesizing about a pandemic like, violent end to the human race, and how it could happen/how we can survive. The links I’ve provided to try to back up some of the strange goings on here, how you interpret them is up to you.

    Yes, naturally I make money, but this is the Internet after all. How else can I but all the cool things in my Amazon store? By the way, I design, print and ship all those zombie targets. I’m glad you enjoy my site, please stick around, sign up and contribute more.

    Statistically, yes, most people here will be in the ranks of the undead or infect or what-have-you, but the topic of conversation is how to avoid that!

    PFC: Glad to have you back, let’s hope your injuries heal fast and are not infectious. If they are, well, you know what to do. Good to know you have a plan of action and a team and are sticking with it. Good call on rotating responsibilites.

    By the by, I’ve gone through my database and attributed all your old comments to your user profile. Thanks!

    To everyone else: stay low, keep movin’.

  • [...] update the other day that read “I have been bitten.” Initially I was excited that the zombie apocalypse was upon us, but then a friend commented on her status saying “New Moon? Yeah, me [...]

  • 402 Unknown Diamondz ; Dec 4, 2009 at 3:57 pm

    So, I have some questions and concerns about the Zombie Apocalypse coming in 2012.
    Okay, so say I lived in somewhere in Canada, and were I live is colder than other places, am I safer here?
    Does the wheather, temperatures affect zombies?
    Say I am safer, and I have my plan all thought out, and I know I always have to keep moving, no stopping no matter what, but theres noway I’m leaving my provinvce, I feel we all are safe here, the population is not big, and it’s colder here. All I have to do is get weapons, food supply, transportation, a team, and go.
    Right?
    Also, Is it safer on water or land?
    Cause if I’m screwed over on land, I plan on moving to the water, not for long, but until I get things figured out. I’ve thought this all out carefully, I’m not sure it’s it’s the right way to go about, so I need some opinions on it.
    By the way, I loved the article, and it’s great that this is getting around to people.

    Unknown Diamondz ;

  • 403 HaTfuL DeMOn Dec 7, 2009 at 11:29 pm

    ok so i come across this website from a random search i was doing cause i was bored. now some you people should think ” can a zombie die?’ well hell yea. a zombie aint no use if you completely obliterate them. crush them with the might of steel. if they get back up then who cares. their teeth are knocked out anyway. if they make a survivor camp with security 30xs better than a the presidents white house then you should have access to tanks, and heavy artillery. i say go ninja and double machete it. lol. but seriously, how do we know that they would be flesh eaters. what would be the point. maby the flesh keeps the body going and not rotting faster so they keep attacking the living. who knows but if they aren’t then let them do their own thing. they aren’t doing anything to hurt you. so yea. go to your nearest military base. if there are some survivors then go with them. lol. i talk to much. later

  • 404 Mandy Dec 10, 2009 at 2:11 am

    so I have become very interested about this 2012 stuff and i was just wondering if anybody has thought about the amount of nuclear bombs in the world . . . what happens if they blow up ? if “zombies” were to come about, would the radiation of the nuclear explosions have anything to do with it ? that’s IF they explode . . hopefully not though because if they all managed to blow up then i guess we would all be fried =S . and i heard something about the “two suns” that will be visible in 2011 and i was wondering if anybody else had any info on that, if so i would like to know what thats all about because it would be neat to see, but then again seeing it would mean that the end is near. . and that scares the hell outta me. i also have zombie dreams that are realistic and i wake up shaking kinda thing, but i`m not going to explain them all. they all have different settings, different people, and bla bla bla. anywho, i enjoyed the article even though i`m a bit more scared than i was before

  • 405 Dr. Z Dec 10, 2009 at 8:17 pm

    Okay I would like to make some things clear about “zombies” 1. Zombies cannot run due to the fact that they have almost no sense of balance. 2. Zombies have no circulatory system which means none of their internal organs work. They have no use of their lungs, heart, or digestive system which means they also have no need of nutrition. They eat their victims out of the small amount of instinct left in them, fight or flight. 3. Although many people believe that zombies have some source of supernatural powers it is completely untrue. They have the senses of an average human being. Many people do believe that Zombies do have a certain “sixth sense” the ability to tell the difference between their own kind and humans. 4. They do not attack in “hordes” usually one will spot the victim and release an extremely loud moaning sound that is believed to signal to other zombies that a victim has been detected, they all soon converge on the area the sound was emanated from. 5. Since zombies have no circulatory system they do not have the ability to reproduce. 6. A zombie does not have to bite the prey to infect it, if any liquid somehow comes into contact with the human body and enters the circulatory system they will become completely infected within 48 hours. 7. Zombies muscles, since having no ability to gain nutrition, will slowly deteriorate meaning the longer the zombie has been “alive” the weaker it will be. 8. The average zombie will take about five years to die. 9. There has never been a known case of an animal becoming infected by or eaten by a zombie. 10. They can travel underwater for long distances because they have no need of their lungs, islands will not be “super safe”. Hope this information was helpful… This is open to comments.

  • 406 Undead_Believer Dec 12, 2009 at 4:16 pm

    I think honestly that this 2012 invasion will be more less like a bad virus like is said in this article. But then again…what if its worse that we think it is?..what if the whole zombie eating flesh wasnt pridicted? How would we have to prepare for that? I see everyone saying “i have guns and a hideout” well i have plenty of guns also…so what is the possibility that this rabies virus is worse than people think?

  • 407 pedro Dec 15, 2009 at 9:10 pm

    What scares me isn’t the thought of a zombie apocalypse, rather the thought that people want it to happen.

  • 408 mike Dec 16, 2009 at 12:59 am

    personally i dont want it to happen, i just think it could.

  • 409 anomynis Dec 19, 2009 at 5:11 pm

    this is all a peice of shit this isnt gonna happen at all u guys sound retarted with making up plans if it happens run and scream like hell we die we die big whoop if u make shelter or a fort it wont work ull still die

  • 410 possible Dec 21, 2009 at 9:54 am

    i think it is possible for the zombie apocalypse to happen but i really hope it doesnt and last night i watched 28 days later with my friend and if they come like that we are all dead so hope you have fun trying to survive that

  • 411 Zombie Hunter Sam Dec 21, 2009 at 1:18 pm

    Thank you Anomynis and Possible for the insightful disagreement, and your following redaction.

    By my long count calendar, we’ve three years left, so get in shape, stock up, stay low and keep moving.

  • 412 Colin P Dec 23, 2009 at 7:31 am

    The ’28 Days Later’ scenario would be the best. Slow zombies would just be boring.

    @Anomynis

    If you don’t believe in zombies then how did you come across this website, hm? It will be the ignorant people and those who aren’t open minded who will die. People like you.

  • 413 Psicerio Dec 23, 2009 at 12:47 pm

    Wow… this is a really long discussion, well I think that its possible that Dec 21st 2012 could be “judgment day” but the fact remains that the majority of the population doesn’t believe that our whole civilization could be destroyed just by microscopic organisms, some are so Naive that nothing will happen to them that I once saw a 7 year old kid and his dad chasing a baby black bear around our neighborhood. What if the mom bear showed up? I guess the kid and his dad will be chasing zombies around when it happens, Oh well, no tears shed here.

  • 414 lee Dec 29, 2009 at 12:37 am

    um wow i am baffled barely half way through the page i wanted to look for a zombie apocalypse on google and found this i always believed 2012 since i first heard of it and ive always dreamt of the day were i could be a hero so the zombie outbreak would be a great thing for me.

    2 things:
    number 1
    to the guy saying about a rifle 30-06 since i hunt me and my dad know a thing about guns so using a rifle for anything other then sniping/on a rooftop is not a very good idea neither is a pistol rifle’s take a long time to reload and pistols mainly carry clips off 6 shots so ak47/m4 w/e is the way to go but it figures since we hunt we only got rifles like 40 though
    number 2
    to all the people mentioning about going to walmart or some other big convienence store isnt a very good idea because every1 alive will likely be going there and along with other “people” and not only zombies could be in there but crazies and you could end up fighting over food drawing attention and making people get angry at the stuff you took causing them to hunt you as well
    just some points i wanted to make um well guess we can only wait but preparing before hand is idk just doesnt seem right to me ill just wait and see i guess

  • 415 Joshua Liddle Dec 30, 2009 at 7:40 pm

    So I read the article and I think its awesome. :D
    But I too think 2012 will be a disappointment (well, more of a relief actually ha ha).
    We have had so many end of the world predictions. Everyone knows of Y2K of course. That seemed even more logical than the reason behind 2012, and nothing happened. And a zombie or zombie like character? Nobody would be saying this if zombies hadn’t been glorified in Hollywood movies. Although if we do all die from zombies, I’ll be thinking about this blog before I shoot myself. :3

  • 416 Valentin Trifonov Dec 30, 2009 at 11:03 pm

    Lol, i have a lot of zombie dreams too, alot of them which seem freaking real.. And i survive in each one. And well. no, my Bday is’nt ending by a 5, but by a 6 ;).
    And btw: if a zombie ap. is possible, it will be from nano-bots.
    When someone with nano-bots gets hit hard by someone on the street (racket/aggression etc..), the veins would split up, some of the blood would bleed from the inside, and some nano-bots will exit the vein.
    They won’t find blood anymore, so they will be very confused bots as there will be a “error”, after the hard hit, if the guy is close to death, the nanoboths could try and will repair the dead cells. So after about a day, the guy would still be alive instead of dead, just because nano-bots helped. But he will be half-dead, and he won’t recognize almost anyone, then, after permanent work, the nanobots will start to use some of the body energy, requesting some refill from food, AKA: The guy, not guy, zombie totally, will be hungry because he will need more energy to feed out the nano-bots, he won’t know what to eat, he just knows he has to eat.. Walking on the street, he sees meat..
    ..Ya know the rest from here on.
    After he gets to eat some people, some of the nanobots that would have been in the whole body would also go in the salive, by bitting, he transmits “dead nano-bots”, which will ALSO use his energy to perm heal his bitten wounds from the zombie, guess what? It doesn’t happend momentally, the nanobot needs some time to repair the dead-cell, or for the cell to die.

  • 417 Callum Jan 2, 2010 at 3:23 pm

    To all of those who think we are lunatics, i like to be prepared. A book i would reccomend reading is ‘World War Z’. A good book and worth the read and if you read carefully you will notice the survival techniques some of them use.

  • 418 John H Jan 2, 2010 at 11:06 pm

    As interesting as a zombie apocalypse would be, it doesn’t really seem plausible to me. And honestly, I don’t believe in the whole 2012 thing. I do, however, believe that chaos will be inevitable around 12/21/12 because other people *do* believe in it, and they will start doing crazy things as a “last stand” type dealio. If we’re to prepare for anything, it should be that. Have a gun close, stay at home, keep alert.

  • 419 josho123 Jan 4, 2010 at 5:33 pm

    listen if you prepare for zombies you’re pretty much preparing for a lot of things like IDK, chaos and more. THINK ABOUT IT IT MAKES SENSE

  • 420 victor Jan 4, 2010 at 7:28 pm

    thanks for all the info guys if this does happen i hope to see u all out there and hopfully we can help each other

  • 421 Joshua Liddle Jan 5, 2010 at 10:13 pm

    “I do, however, believe that chaos will be inevitable around 12/21/12 because other people *do* believe in it”

    Ha ha, the world ends because of the people that think it will. Thats funny. :D

  • 422 Callum The Survivor Jan 7, 2010 at 12:40 pm

    Well i always thought of 2012 and the undoing of mankind so i think a zombie apocalypse/mass infection would be of our doing rather than a supernatural force.

  • 423 Darcy Jan 11, 2010 at 9:18 am

    I agree with John H. I highly doubt there is going to be an outbreak of ‘zombies’. Like Sam said, its one in a zillion. Some of you are saying that you are prepared, but lets face it, no matter what you say, if a zombie outbreak did occur some way or another, you will not be prepared. No way in hell. Most of think its a game in my opinion – that it will be ‘cool’ if it did happen. I think this article is ridiculous and I only came across it when I was looking up information about 2012. Like John H said, people are going to assume that horrible stuff like this is going to happen, and a whole lot of crap will go down. Articles like this only put crazy things into people minds, making them believe in the unbelievable.

  • 424 ColinP Jan 12, 2010 at 10:22 am

    Yeah, there could be crazy people going on killing sprees on 21/12/12 seeing as it’s predicted the end of time.

    I’m staying home to protect my family at that time.

  • 425 Daniel Jan 22, 2010 at 11:35 pm

    Hey guys I’m finally back I have moved from the ranch that I used to live in I live in a heavily populated area now so my best bet if Zombie Apocalypse 2012 does happen is stay boarded up in my house untill supplies run out and then rush from store to store and so on and so forth.

  • 426 John H Jan 26, 2010 at 10:49 pm

    Nice to know that other people agree with me; I thought I was the only one who considered that. :P

    I completely agree with you, Darcy. People say it would be cool or fun to have a zombie apocalypse, when in reality, most people would end up zombies themselves or would starve or go crazy. There’s way too much to prepare for if it was going to happen, and most of the people on here think they would just hear about the zombies on TV, get in their SUV, get some supplies from Wal-Mart, and drive off safely to wherever they believe is safe. I don’t mean to put anyone down, but honestly, no matter how much you were to prepare, something would be bound to go horribly wrong, and then what would you do?

  • 427 Scout Feb 2, 2010 at 5:37 pm

    I think that a zombie apocalypse is very possible
    yep yep i think that! =]

    i hope it does,! >:)

    ill be ready!

  • 428 Bubbles Feb 4, 2010 at 3:01 pm

    im not trying to be horrible or anything when i say this but how many of your plans will actually work i mean think about it you say when you run outta supplies your gonna go from store to store or what ever but what if you went straight into a huge horde of zombies i mean yeah, ill be honest im one of the biggest nerds you’ll ever come across when it come to zombies ive even got my own plan but will any of them actually work?

  • 429 Bubbles Feb 5, 2010 at 5:37 am

    and also sorry for the double post but im from england and it’s quite hard to get weapons around here ive only got a couple of swords and an air pistol, the only way i’d be able to get an actual gun is if i joined the police or army when im 18 which is in 3 years time do you think if i get a strong feeling about somthing like this gonna happen when it’s closer to the time i should maybe join the army or something ive always been interested in military and police stuff anyway

  • 430 Brad Feb 10, 2010 at 4:45 pm

    Depending on your perspective and definition of “zombie”, I’d say it is a very real possiblity that whatever lay in store as far as an apocalypse would include zombies. Shell shocked, cannibalistic, murderous, socio-pathic, rapist mobs certainly seem like zombies to me.

    You have to prepare for the zombie attacks regardless. If it turns out to be less extreme, you will be prepared and secured regardless.

    Beans, bullets and babes…those are the makings of a longterm retreat.

  • 431 Lee Feb 11, 2010 at 7:50 am

    ive been reading up and down the site and ive been intrigued by pfc unknown as i normally am with any military officer but his statements have really informed me and i just kinda wanted to know if he would suggest being in the army as ive been thinking about it for a few years now since there aint much else i could do.I also want to state that im not much physical physque im like 5’11 120 but i wanted to know what type of computer tech programs they have and what classified info i might learn.
    Thanks in advance hope to hear from you soon.

  • 432 sigh Feb 11, 2010 at 3:57 pm

    after reading like half of these posts…..the only thing I can comment on is how gullible and retarded people are, in that they’ll jump to any explanation and believe in any signs they see and link it to whatever it is they want to believe in.

    Whether or not 2012 does happen, you don’t know, i don’t know, and all the posts regarding the zombie outbreak are retards who want to believe in zombie outbreaks.

    none of these posts provide actual solid evidence or anything remotely close to a believable proof of this phenomena occuring. What this is is simply people telling people how brave they are in times of crisis to feed their ego and boost their self esteem.

    You want the zombie outbreak to happen because the soceity we live in today is unsuitable for you for one reason or another. Maybe u just don’t fit in, maybe u r just bored of it; bottom line is all the posts are very much like what a faith Christian would say: “like yeah God is like all powerful and shit, he made Hitler for a reason! death to the jews!”

    dumbasses.

  • 433 lee Feb 12, 2010 at 5:47 am

    i wanted to ask pfc unknown what he thinks would be the best idea what to do if this should occur .
    and i also wanted to ask if he thinks going into the army would be a good career move and how many [possibilities] i would have after i was done. and also what types of [secret] info hes seen and what i may see.

  • 434 Jabba Feb 21, 2010 at 1:23 pm

    the thing that ive always wondered is why do people say ‘oh yeah i want a zombie attack to happen i’d be great at killing them, ill just carry a shotgun and take their heads off’. ive had like 4 zombie dreams in the past week, and yes DREAMS and i was scared to death in them it was probaly one of the most frightening things ever. and thats just a dream think what it’d be like in real life people would think that they’d be killing zombies all day; what if you run out of ammo then what you may die unless you’ve got the speed and stamina to run but zombies never give up they will chase you till your zombie chow. my plan is to get loaded up on tons of supplies and stay barricaded for as long as possible and then make my move when it’s the right time and only use weapons on a need basis. what does everyone think

  • 435 CFrigginJ Mar 2, 2010 at 4:39 pm

    Hey guys, this is my first post so give me some slack.

    Ok from the research ive dont on my own and with friends, the things sam has said . . .
    I totally agree with him. A host “human” be nothing more than a mode of transportation
    from point A to point B. I personally think that they could be flesh eaters, just because if one is infected thus loosing its mind “no pun intended” it wont have the instinct of how to fight/shoot, just bite and just flail frantically. With the anger and rage one zombie would have, it would act like a beast. beast = flesh eater. And with the food dwindling the smell of flesh would be more tempting than like grass or whatever.

    All that is needed for a virus “outside of what we know” like a zombie virus, is a disease/virus that causes one to forget everything they have learned, and agression. Virus = combo between alzheimer’s and rabies.

  • 436 PFC Unknown Mar 2, 2010 at 11:31 pm

    To the people laughing at us for prepairing for a Zompocolypse, i would have to say you should be laughing at your self for being so blind and selfish, for one, yes we do talk alot about zombies, and this thread is about 2012 and so on. but the fact is about being prepaired for the worst. me personally id rather be prepaired for the worst and not have it happen, then being unprepaired and have it happen. (basic survival instinct many people in our society seem to be out of touch with). but thankfully there are more then a few smart beings out there (people who are prepaired on this site), so maybe after the “worst” happens the smart ones (like the people on this site) will continue on to live on, and the blind and stupid ones (pardon me saying i wouldnt want to wish it upon someone) but perhaps the stupid ones will give way to those who do have the ability to survive. (natural selection)

    so now i got that rant out of me, i wanted to say to sam excellent job as always and im astonished at how far this site has came (this thread espeacially)

    as for the 2012 subject, it is an intresting topic, and i say get ready for the worst. like i said before “better to be ready for the worst and not have it happen then not being ready and have it happen” i for one, am a true believer of that saying, it saved my hide more times then i care to count. and i already know there will be rioting in major cities when 2012 roles around, so if i was you (those living in built up areas) id keep an eye on the TV and Radio before heading out. by then ill be out of the Army and in the local Sheriffs dep. so if there is rioting in my home area (ohio) ill pass it along so others living in ohio has a heads up as well,

  • 437 miss JAmie Mar 3, 2010 at 10:36 am

    I have had zombie dreams to it was about a year ago but i still remember most of it liek it acually happened. They were on my roof and attacking the house. I ran out I live near the golf course I i took a cart and droev I found my mother and some of my family but she was attacked and bitten in the leg and my aunt was a zombie. but I do recall a safe place to go where uninfected people were like in the movies..I woke up in fear of course I will never forget the dream.

  • 438 Cody Wright Mar 6, 2010 at 4:42 pm

    My name is cody wright and i just want to say you guys are idiots. i believe in the zombie apocolypse and i know how to survive.you guys are idiots because you wouldnt know how to survive. first of all i bet you want to raid the gun store. SO DOES EVERYONE ELSE! the place would be cleaned out. not to mention that the store has owners who know how to handle guns. so if you raid a gunstore your screwed. BUY THE GUNS NOW!!! you also want to raid super markets right? SO DOES EVERYONE ELSE! the place will have barely anything left, so you’d die. want to stay barricaded in your house? your gonna die. because eventualy you will run out of supplies and will need to go outside. dead. and the biggest rule? STAY IN GROUPS OF SIX OR SMALLER!

    now you know how to survive,
    Cody Wright

  • 439 Terri Mar 10, 2010 at 9:03 pm

    Hello I just wanted to say even if you don’t believe in a zombie apocalypse or anything else to do with 2012 it still never hurts to be prepared. You should always have at least basic medical and survival supplies in your home and vehicle at all times especially if you have children

  • 440 Orange glint Mar 19, 2010 at 2:24 pm

    yea i agrre thats is stupid that pepole think they will be able to fight zombies. I doubt the average person with a melle weapon of any kind would be able to take more than 4 zombies at once if walkers and maybe 2 if runners. the likelyhood of a “one hit kill” by severing the head or crushing the skull while your target is moveing is extremely low.

  • 441 PFC Unknown Mar 19, 2010 at 11:55 pm

    @ Lee, well Lee, im glad your curious of the military, even if you may not be physically fit, its still a good way to start getting into shape, ive seen a few chunkies get through basic, graduate, and end up like vin diesel, lol as for jobs in the tech career, there are tons and tons, the most popular today would be the predetor drone pilot, just like a flying sim, its nice, as for others, there are IT guys, who maintain servers, guys who make sure weapon systems on apache’s or any other chopper are operational, same with tank systems, what ever there is to do with tech, the Army has a job for it. my best advice is to talk to a recruiter.

    a few tips about recruiters, one, dont be intimidated by them, if you go National Guard like i did starting off my career your recruiter will take care of you, after doing what you feel comfortable in the military background, you may advance into active Army or Reserves. two, dont think the recruiter is going to stalk you and force you to enlist, although there job is to enlist soldiers, they wont bend your arm back and force you to sign, even if you sign everything possible, your not a soldier untill you swear in, once you raise your right hand and swear in, your officially in the military. third, recruiters will call you and keep tabs on you if your in the decideing stage, because they really really want you to go in. all i can say and im serious about this, THINK DEEPLY ON IT. its something serious to think about, its a commitment, its a lifestyle, if you dont like the military after you sign in, your stuck in it untill your time is done, unless you do something really stupid, like get an dishonorable discharge. think about it, do your homework, study study study on it.

    other then that, as long as you have the drive to be in the Army, Navy, Airforce, Marines or Coast guard, you can get through it. you will hear alot of horror stories about basic, and dont believe them, its kinda a tradition the ones in AIT share “stories” to the guys just starting BCT and there just ment to scare em, Basic is always changeing, so its never the same twice, go in and be determined to finish it.

    hope this helped a lil Lee

    @ jabba i think most of the time we say ‘we hope it happens’ is because alot of the people tend to be thrill seekers, if not thrill seekers, then people who dont know what there getting into, me on the other hand, i say it should happen because the people on this world lost the meaning of being human, we fight wars over oil, we fight wars over money, we spend several thousand dollars on a boob/butt job, thousands on a car, we isolate ourselves from nature, pretending we can control it instead of working with it. government is corrupted, and i think it should happen so when it does, those who suvive will understand our errors and wont do it again. (hopefully, thats the plan anywho)

  • 442 Asa Slauson Mar 20, 2010 at 1:54 am

    The meer chances of Re-animation after death is little to none, when the brain dies the organs begin to rot and become unfunctional, the cell division stops completely so there are no cells present unless the virus can live even if the host dies and somehow make it funtional again it isnt possible. especially when its depicted as reanimation after meer minutes of death and have an appearance close to an advanced stage of decay, its too far fetched and a very touchy subject. not ruling out the possibility im still stocking up for the Apocalypse but im not expecting zombies to come at my front door and kill me. besides if Zombies did exist the chances of us surviving (if we aren’t retards) are relatively high, especially with our advanced military forces and our weapon skills, if you are skilled at all, and if wherein a outbreak occurs a quarentine will come in check and the government will kill anyone trying to leave the quarentined area…good day.

  • 443 Rusty Mar 20, 2010 at 10:23 pm

    I think I’m safe either way!

    I picked up one of the Insurance Certificates they have over @ http://www.2012ins.com and sure-enough, their policy protects against any Zombie Virus being released on 12.21.2012!

    Ok, yeah, I’m no idiot, I know its a total novelty product, but it is hilarious hanging on my cube wall. It gets comments all the time and conversations (a lot like this thread) tend to take place quite a bit.

    Regardless, I don’t know if anythings actually going to happen on 12.21.12, whether or not it includes zombies. I’m pretty sure that nothing will happen, much like nothing EVER happens when there is a specific prediction tied to a specific date. If something does happen, I’ll totally eat my words as the zombies are munching on my brains.

    Rusty

  • 444 jay Mar 21, 2010 at 3:37 am

    PFC Unknown i like what you just said…….. it doesnt matter about the stupid week minded people on this site laughing at us for prepairing we all know that we will have the upper hand on them…

  • 445 Trevor Williams Mar 21, 2010 at 9:49 am

    Zombies can and WILL happen. Their the only scientific apocalypse that have been proven. FTW.

  • 446 PurpleEater Mar 22, 2010 at 11:09 pm

    Well, not proven. Speculated upon, yes.

  • 447 Nick L Mar 26, 2010 at 12:04 am

    @PFC Unknown: I can’t agree more with that last paragraph. People nowadays have COMPLETELY lost their sense of humanity. If this ever did happen, hopefully it would correct that and take care of the corrupted so we could start over as a race. As sadistic as this may sound, I really think it would be for the best if it did happen.

  • 448 Jabba Apr 9, 2010 at 1:53 pm

    PFC unknown i agree completely with what you say, but we say it should happen because it could be as some say a correction for humanity, but then the worst can happen in any living conditions, look at that game fallout 3 it’s a total wasteland; death, violence and it’s got them ‘ghouls’, sought of like zombies, and it’s got all them monsters but think about the humans there is all them ridiculous raiders and slavers. if a zombie apocalypse did happen would this sort of scenerio happen there is chances. what would happen if all the hell carried on into that sort of world, humanity might not clean up it’s act there would be some trying to help but then there is others just to break it back down again.

  • 449 TheFrustrated Apr 10, 2010 at 5:24 pm

    I think that the vast majority of people in the world will be the ones laughing–not the doomsayers–especially when the years of wasted time and preparation from the doomsayers are of no use as they are left standing in their little hideouts in the middle of the woods.

    It’s easier to piss in a shot glass on a spinning record player that’s on top of a cheetah running at full speed while riding blindfolded on a unicycle than to believe this rubbish! It’s easier to pick pepper out of a fly’s droppings while wearing boxing gloves than to believe in a zombie epidemic! It’s THAT ridiculous.

    All this 2012 is nonsense; a hoax; a deception designed to cash in on people’s fears. I thought that people were smart enough to know that after the first one thousand times the world was supposed to “end”.

    So why go to collage; why go buy that brand-new house that you’ve always wanted; why ask that girl to marry you; why do anything but prepare for an imaginary zombie apocalypse? Waiting for the zombie apocalypse is a waste of time. Why some people associate a pending zombie apocalypse with 2012 is beyond any degree of rationality. The doomsayers have more dates, I’m sure, to fall back on in case the world doesn’t end.

    There are so many more things that could actually happen rather than a zombie attack. WHY go out of your way to prepare for a zombie attack? I know why: it’s more interesting to think about than, say, a nuclear war. Are you really that bored? Or should I say, THAT paranoid?

    I’d rather wait for a buffalo to take a diarrhrea dump in my ear than wait for an imaginary zombie attack.

    So some of you say, “prepare for the worst!” or something. But why would you prepare for a zombie apocalypse when there are so many more things that could actually happen? Why not prepare for those things too?

    In closing, there will be a threat during the 2012 end of the world date. There will be people who might truly believe in all this and try something stupid. Just don’t get caught up in any of this or get hurt by any of these clowns.

  • 450 sambo555 Apr 12, 2010 at 10:50 pm

    it is said that before the end of time every one has bad dreams, n i have noticed throughh the comments that more and more people are having these dreams. iv been dreaming this for years n by the looks of things so have a few more people and to me more people are becoming aware of the chances of a situation and coming on to this website, to me it just looks like the number of people dreaming like this keeps growing

  • 451 Andrew C. Apr 14, 2010 at 2:03 pm

    when you say the rats are infected they go to the cat. so if the zombies are infected they will go to other people? a book of interest you guys might want to read is “Emergency” by Neil Strauss. very good, and explains what it takes to prepare for some kind of humanity threatening disease or natural disaster.

  • 452 Joe May 7, 2010 at 11:33 am

    I BELIEVE THAT THE ZOMBIE APOCALYPSE WOULD NOT BEGIN IN 2012. How are we supposed to judge the future by what the myans said, all we know is that the apocalypse will happen, but we dont know in 2012.

  • 453 possible May 12, 2010 at 4:12 pm

    okay so i havent posted in a really long time like 5 months so i just want to say a couple of things: 1. to all the people who think we are stupid just lay off because posting rude comments on here is completely pointless 2. im not saying that i completely believe that there will be a zombie apocolypse in 2012 but there probably will be someday.3. if there is one it will probably be due to some phsycotic scientist testing strange “medicines” on people.4.if there is one most of us will probably die 5. the best way to survive is to move AWAY from all of the people who will most likely be going to guns shops and military bases and to stay in the “middle of nowhere” where thereisleast civilization because if the zombies want humans they will probably go to big citys where there are lots of people 6. try as best you can to NOT have a mssive group but if you do have a massive group at the very least it should probably be made of the people you care for most like your best friend thats like a sibling your parents,brothers and sisters,grandparents, close cousins that are like siblings you know people like that … because even though someone is a complete stranger doesnt mean they should have no one with them but they would most likely slow you down so instead of having them in your group at the very least try to get them a group to be with 7. im sorry and dont mean any offense to anyone but if you think that a zombie apocalypse would be fun….. then you kind of nuts because personally i dont think people dying and/or flesh eating destruction seeking phsycos is exactly a good definition of “fun”8.i also think a zombie apocolypse would scare the crap out of EVERYONE even the people who think it would be “fun” because dangerous stuff can seem fun long before it happens but once it starts to come closer to when it will happen and when it does happen you’ll be terrified.

  • 454 pluskendall98 May 22, 2010 at 12:09 am

    dude if i thinking correctly than all the zombie games and movies are a sign that a zombie invasion just might happen its the most likely event to occur like what earthquake is just gonna happen out of no where and a big volcano explodes just because of that day but viruses happen all the time so something like this is most likely gonna happen out of all the scenarios i think theirs some people that train for a zombie apocalypse everyday. i think they live in California (not the best place to be sense theirs a lot of people and a higher risk of a riot or chaos) but yea toxoplasmi gundii is on a Korn video and in resident evil 4 that is most likely the source of it all toxoplasmai gundii the thing that controlles rats to get eaten by cats and then they lay eggs in the cats stomach so this thing might be able to controlle humans not to freak anybody out but thats just the facts. someone message me back if you got info on some zombie stuff

  • 455 commander joé May 23, 2010 at 8:22 am

    Alright everyone, I have been looking at your comments 4 the past month, in fact, I have read them 4 the past 2 months, now listen up. Thousands of years ago there was an ancient race of people known as the myans, but their calendar ended on december 21 2012 now look deep into your hearts, just becuz their calendar ended at 2012 does not mean that the world will end, or even change. Now 4 all you old guys who keep talking about saving your gf’s and kids, listen! I admire your heroism about saving your kids from a zombie apocalypse, but get this straight, the zombie apocalypse has nothing to do with 2012 in fact it could happen anytime! So go get your kids and gf’s now and scramble into your bunkers now double time! Nah just kidden, look around you do you seriously think that the myans are right 4 all we know maybe they just got bored of writing dates :D who knows, do any of you remember that end of the world in 2000 thing, they were wrong. And do you know what, that was the end of the Aztec Calendar! So don’t you think the myans could be wrong 2. Now about contact with aliens. If the myans saw aliens, they would probobly run 4 their lives and if they became friends with aliens, then why don’t they have better technology, in fact if I am right, they did have great technology but according 2 our scientists and great people, they always had that technology it was discovered b4 those weird looking skulls started popping up! Did you know that myan tradition was 2 grind skulls from their great leaders 2 look like a god of thiers so guys basically do not worry about the apocalypse live your lives and prepare it could happen anytime! Have a nice and remember we will all die wether there is an apocalypse or not!

  • 456 The last survivor May 24, 2010 at 11:12 am

    Hello all, i have been reading your comments for the past month or so and i must say, some of you are a bit crazy but others i am not so sure. I have been an avid zombie apocalypse believer, but this is where we have to draw the line. 2012 as absolutely nothing to do with any apocalypse or great change what so ever! The Myans were a great ancient civilization, but like many ancient civilizations believed in idols, now we all know that idols are fake. There were no aliens that came to earth and taught the myans that the world would end in 2012, now i know that you all will now say “But what about their great technology, and the weird shaped skulls?” Well here is my answer, the Myans had great technology that is true, but it was not, and i repeat, not more sophisticated than the Aztecs. In fact if you remember in 2000, people were saying the world would end then, but it did not, and do you know whose calendar ended then? The Aztecs!!! Now about the wierd looking skulls. The Myans were expert craftsmen, and to honor their gods, they would carve the heads of their great persons into different shapes that looked a lot like their idols. Our scientists have proven this. Now you are all going to say now “You are one of the scientists that are trying to cover this whole thing up”. And again i will answer. No i am not a scientist i am just a normal 18 year old adult, who lives in reality, and studies hard so that he can go to MIT university. Now back to zombies, i dread the day of when the apocalypse begins, i believe zombies and deseise are very possible, but I gauruntee you, that a group of scientists are going to discover and release an outbreak of desease and infection into the world, simply becuz the date is December 21, 2012. I mean come on are you guys that dumb??? The apocalypse could happen anytime it could happen now, it could happen later. In fact if I were one of you, insane creeps, who believe every single post that is put on the internet, and without any supporting facts to prove it, immediately claims that it will happen, and starts panicking and buying food, weapons, first aid kits, telling friends, plotting escape routes, building bunkers, etc. and what not, I would go into Those bunkers now. Becuz in fact if i am right. I just saw some weird looking people in rags chasing someone, so go now.!!!! I need to go too, there are people screaming, i need ogjwg! but BUye!gkwahhaj

  • 457 Megachains Jun 1, 2010 at 12:13 pm

    You know, a zombie apocalypse wouldn’t be as bad as you might think. Food and shelter would be easy to find, and the zombies themselves wouldn’t pose much of a problem. The first things to rot are, of course, the eyes and brain, followed by the muscles and tendons. Zombies would be ridiculously stupid, and completely unable of opening even a simple door. They will also die (re-die?) pretty easily, as the severing of any major tendon should render them immobile. As to HOW it is possible, that is unknown. And as to the flesh eating thing? All I can say is it must be intstinct. I’m dead serious (sorry, bad pun). Many mammals have the instinct to follow sounds and lights, from there an attack would be a logical (if not obvious) next step. No fancy claws or huge mutations. Just a lot of brain-dead (again, sorry) beings. Also, their most likely way of attacking is probably to strike you with limp hands. Not that I hae met a zombie (yet), but I’m pretty sure that that does not kill you quickly, if at all. By the way, if the zombies DO come, I’ll be the guy outriding them on a mountain bike, and blowing them apart with a sawn-off shotgun. Be sure to wave as I ride by.

  • 458 javier M Jun 7, 2010 at 7:55 pm

    i knew about 2012 for a while and did some research and possible occurences that could happen and when i came to this site i got intrested and started reading each comment about ideas and places ive been thinking about this happening before i heard of 2012 and thought of many ways how to work this out and each plan has a fail if comes down to your emotions of saving a loved one or for others fear taking possesion of yourself in running away or doing the impossible and most idiotic thing this is very likly in my opionion we will kill ourselves looking into a virus or worse in 2012 and treaty/contract is gonna end where countrys can work on nuclear weapons but instaed a making a more powerful bomb it is a chemical weapon and is used and creates this infection or worse….. ive had my share of dreams each different my birthday is 5/31/1994 and i dont know where birthdays come in but if this does happen will people have the will of killing thier own family if bitten being widely open about to protect others or will it become a secret and when you do or someone turns without knowledge of him being turned what are you gonna do… what are you gonna do when your tired of running for miles after being chased and still being chased with family friends and people you never met what are you gonna do do you believe they will stop because your tired what can you do are you gonna rationalize and give somebody up or urself as a distraction or bait or are you gonna keep praying hoping to god he is listing and is gonna save you (i do believe in god btw) lets all hope his day doesnt come even though it would be kind of cool but if it does … if it does lets hope we are all ready for the worse so get it through your head if you deny this its always better to be prepared than not to be like its better to have a gun and not need it than need it and not have it my email is mdragon4d@aol.com email if you got ideas theories or plans about this what do you think will it happen we got two years to find out i will say this it will be a lonely day that fear to the top of your head :) by the way great article

  • 459 Victor Quiroz Jr. Jun 9, 2010 at 4:47 am

    PFC Unknown.. UR A BADASS & i dont even kno who you are, i cant wait til the zombies come! im tired of life and i just wanna have sum fun and shoot sum zombies and stuff with my besties, HOPEFULLY it will happen soon in my lifetime, while im still young, I AM SOO READY FOR THIS

  • 460 sgags Jun 10, 2010 at 4:25 pm

    it better be a goddamn zombie apocalypse not some stupid natural disaster i would rather fight zombies then hiding underground until 2012 is over besides zombies you have a good chance of surviving while natural disaster you die no matter what

  • 461 Erin :] Jun 19, 2010 at 6:04 pm

    Hiya, I’d like to say a few things, to..sam i think that’s right. I believe you 100% Other people have their own thoughts and opinions, but those ARE just opinions, there’s believers followers, and leaders. As for me, i don’t care, i go with it. I’d like to point out that in 2012, the mayans did have a calender, And to that guy who said “Mexicans” Yeah whatever, think what you want. I believer that we are in a situation to where there could be mindless freaks walking around, others can think that it’s a “supernatrual” thing. I think it’s “scientific” Also, there’s a lot of things wrong with this world. the pollution, things that scientists are creating, everything happends for a reason right? My main reason or opinion on how this apocalypse can happen, are nanobots. Heard of em? I’ve done my fair research.I’ve never known the true meaning of “un-Dead”
    Alive, but not dead, dead..but not living. “living dead” also got my attention.You probably already know this, but If nanobots do exsist, then…their victums, are pretty much…you know..zombiefied x] But aren’t nanobots made to keep the dead walking till their bodies decease? they have to move to a new host? But how? Hmmm? Biting…Kissing…(doubt anyone would want to kiss a dead person) i’d be pretty scared if a person would bite me. or come running at me. (nomnomnom) Please tell me your opinion on mine! :D Please and thank you!
    ~Erin.

  • 462 Erin Jun 19, 2010 at 7:33 pm

    Hiya, I just wanted to tell you that I believe we are able to have a zombie apocalypse, not saying that it CAN or WONT happen. It’s possible yes, but still, it all depends on fate. Correct me if you must, I think the main reason, is…Nanobots. i did my fair research on it. I think that insted of calling them mindless retarded freaks, no. mindless yes. Nanobots are built to make the dead people keep walking untill their body deseases. Right? But in order to keep the nanobot living, it needs a new host. And how can you do that? Not by kissing…(ew) But by biting. Now answer me something, Wouldn’t you run from a horde of mindless random people who are trying to bite you? (Nomnom) Like I really want some random stanger biting on me. o-o I know how to protect myself, I am NOT going to stick around in one place, I’m really not gonna be alone. And Hopefully, everything blows off and there will be more people then we expected to survive the invasion thing. I believe you 100% on everything, But 2012 was about the sun and earth. etc etc. I don’t read the bible. But I remember one of my friend’s saying that it said that there was going to be an apocalypse. Is that right? Can you reply back? I’m dieing to hear from you! I want to know others opinions!

  • 463 Luke.H Jun 24, 2010 at 3:04 pm

    if a zombie apocolpyse realy does ever happen i think my expiriance of it would be very similar to dawn of the dead remake because i live in a very secured flat wich would most likely have a decent amount of food in and hopfuly some people in aswell . i know how the power works for it incase the power went out, i also know where a gun shop is , wich is not too far away from the flat . the problem would be finding away too get to it, but there is a sewer network wich leads out into the street(just like in the movie). i dont realy have a escape plan though theres nothing i cauld do too get a vehicle with all the zombies around , i guess id just sit it out and hope for the best :)

  • 464 Luke.H Jun 25, 2010 at 5:02 am

    about all the ways the world cauld end i think somthing like a rabies virus type zombie pandemic is possible. a apoclypse is ment to thin the numbers of a race and if it was like a virus zombie thing it would be perfect for thining humans down,1st they get infected and kill/infect other humans.2nd some people would bound to be left alive some where ,3rd the zombies would take about a month too die of hunger or dehydration . this process would be devastating to human kind and would be just right at lowering our numbers . we would have to rebuild society again . i dont think it will happen in 2012 but some time in my life time in the near future, some scientists are saying that somthing like this realy cauld happen and that it cauld be in the near future . who knows though but with all the research lately about viruses and reconstructing brain matter with those nano things, maybe its a matter of time until humans fuck up….

  • 465 hsaawsgsa Jun 25, 2010 at 12:18 pm

    just letting people know there is such thing as a zombie there is such thing as a rage virus and most virus are contagious most scientist trying to find a way to ressurect the undead stop saying the zombies don’t exist cause they do but not yet

  • 466 Puddles Jun 26, 2010 at 9:57 pm

    I’ve had these dreams too, before I even though about zombies. I’ve had so may that I can’t really go into them all. What bothers me is the fact that I’m prone to premonitions. I usually dream about major places or events in my life before they happen. To top that off, I’ve just recently met some people from the dreams that I had no way of knowing back then. It’s like all the aspects are falling into place. The clock is ticking now… it’s probably just a matter of time. What’s interesting is all these strange weather predictions… the weather was peculiar in my dreams… it was always dark and usually raining/storming.

  • 467 carlos Jul 4, 2010 at 12:40 am

    i agree with PFC Unkown too. those who laugh at us will need us when the time comes. we will be prepared, we will be survivors…sure there might be a time when we die but we wont die so easily or so soon when the apocalypse hits like the fools who call us rearded or stupid. we will be the future of the remaining human race.

  • 468 Brett H. Jul 5, 2010 at 6:33 pm

    Hey yall I found this site today and it is a very good one im going to Join the Air Force when I graduate from High School and stay Five years with them then leave and move to either flagstaff or whyoming and Learn to hunt and plant fruits and vegies lol any way im glad i finally found some people who believe in this Shit like me I believe very much on this topic I agree with PFC Unkown that the people of the world have lost their Fucking minds about what being Human is all about and that I cant wait for this to happen. when it passes we have a responsibility that we dont loose our Fucking Minds like todays world… and everyone watch ur backs the Illuminati ARE EVERY WHERE O im 17 btw and I love the nature and love being outdoors when the time comes ill be ready =D I will check up on this site to see if anyone else will be chatting on this topic even more and GOOD LUCK TO YALL =)

  • 469 Ghosts343 Jul 6, 2010 at 4:23 pm

    @ Nick L bro it doesnt sound sadistic i think the same thing and have hoped that for a really long time

  • 470 Nakita Jul 8, 2010 at 1:45 am

    I rlly dont know what to think at this point im hearing all this natural disaster stuff and now zombies? Look i do agree i believe it could be possible because of all the cellular reconstruction research or a virus that will revive or clone human tissue. Idk if it would cause them to react and have only the basic need. And thats to eat. But i think scientists should leave it the hell alone so something like “resident evil” doesnt happen. This thing about 2012 freaks me the hell out. I dont think anything will happen but if it does its going to be gradual. But this freaks me out more i keep having the same reacquiring dream about 2012. And im starting to get a little pissed off at it as well. Some people are so afraid they are going to take there own lives and what happens if the do and nothing happens? But if it comes down to it and i see any signs of “zombies” u better believe id be with the the people who ended it. Id much rather have a disaster then getting eaten alive.

  • 471 Daniel Jul 8, 2010 at 8:34 am

    Hello all sorry I left for so long. I now live in a 2 story building in a dorm in Northern California where other students reside. . There is no gate in front of the facility and it would be easy for anyone or anything to get in. Just a few days ago someone tried to get in through one of the windows. Anyways, I have actually been having dreams about zombies. This surprised me at first but then I remembered this site. I think in an actual zombie apocalypse, I would be useless because I am visually impaired. I wouldn’t want guns because there would probably be some accidental friendly fire on my part. I would want all sorts of martial arts weapons. I’m not completely blind just from my left eye so I can still see okay. I think I would fare best against walking zombies because I wouldn’t be able to see the runners coming. I will be checking up on this site more often, later.

  • 472 Bill Nelson Jul 9, 2010 at 12:59 am

    I just finished reading a book called “The Great Influenza” regarding the flu outbreak in 1918 that the post was talking about. It could happen again and it could easily create zombies. There is evidence that the flu of 1918 affected people’s brains and even Woodrow Wilson, president at the time, succumbed to brain dysfunction due to the virus while he was negotiating the spoils from the end of the WWI.

    I don’t think the apocalypse will happen in 2012, though, from my calculations it looks more like 2026. I have a scientific calculator that predicts the date of the zombie apocalypse on my website and it has been fluctuating between 2026 and 2027. Actually I think it could happen before then, but let’s hope we have the 15 or so years to prepare. My website is http://www.wezombie.com

    Bill.

  • 473 josh Jul 19, 2010 at 9:03 pm

    hey its been about a 1yr since i last posted any thing here been busy traing my 12 yr old nephew. im in the CNY area but if any one else is in NY hit me up at celticwiccan28@yahoo.com and maybe we can formulate a plan together

  • 474 Ryan Jul 21, 2010 at 9:09 pm

    I hear a lot of people saying how zombies will not and cannot happen. Did you know Hitler made zombies? This is not shit either. A. you can watch the history channel. B. you can go to school and get a degree is Quantum Physics. C. you can believe in any religion.. regardless it can and very well may happen. Or you can go with option D. you can still deny it will happen.. There is so much proof of reanimation of the dead and how they motioned on their own. ALSO with the new virus vaccinations that react horribly to the MERCURY in them (which will come from all the planets in alignment on 2012). The proof stand over your “they wont happen” theory. I can’t stand people that come up to me drunk and tell me to stop smoking, I also can’t stand it when people believe in ghosts but deny zombies. I also can’t stand it when people buy gas masks and guns thinking another communist deal will happen. I can’t stand it when a drunk person who believes in ghosts who buys gas masks tells me that smoking and zombies are stupid..

    Yeah every state has it’s own “Zombie Militia”

  • 475 Cpl Lastname Jul 29, 2010 at 12:32 pm

    I don’t want you guys to think I’m crazy, but sometimes I think I’m crazy.
    I have no evidence to support this theory, but I believe wholeheartedly that there
    Is a gross possibility of an impending zombie outbreak/apocolypse,
    And I feel that it will happen within a small amount of time

  • 476 Dupree amin Jul 31, 2010 at 5:25 am

    Sam i will say this i think you are probably a smart guy but lets get real as much as i would love a zombie invasion its impossibly not going to happen and everyone noes that all these doom sayers want to sell a product 2012 is a scam Mayas never said it would end all they said was that thats when they end their date and even if they did say that they where very religious and had no technology like we have now days nothing is going to happen dont worry and IF it happens to happen well then u where right but im pretty sure it would take months and possibly years to start something like this not one day please i respect your intelligence but your scarring the fuck out of little kids please just face the facts get over it its not going to happen so please just……….just stop but seriously i really would love a zombie invasion but really its not gonna happen.

  • 477 Dupree amin Jul 31, 2010 at 5:29 am

    OK really i want a zombie invasion to start wow oh wow that would be great man if that happens i would be giving head shots everywhere COMMON DISEASES START SHREDDING god that would be fun.

  • 478 Dupree amin Jul 31, 2010 at 6:00 am

    OK im so sorry SAM you r the best man i respect you so much i wouldn’t exactly say i would love this but heres my plan and my neighbor are kinda freaked out but you no you never no and if it does happen they will be the dead ones so heres my plan and what i already have done.

    #1 built barbed wire and sandbag wall with cement interior to make sure no one crosses.

    #2 i have military history in my family so i have plenty of weapons.

    #3 im keeping calm i have gas masks for me and if i find survivors,

    #4 keep it simple im not gonna go out of my way for some impossible deed that will take to long.

    #5 form a team, me and 6 other buddies SORTA believe this so i have a team to keep safe.

    #6 if an evacuate plan forms i will keep in protection like in the movie the crazies they might turn right in the spot.

    #7 i have tons of food in store so me and my buddies wont starve and i have plenty of water.

    #8 Sam you are the craziest bastard i no and thats what makes you so cool.

    #9 Sam will survive for ever in the Zombie Apocalypse.

    and last but not least #10 if this doesn’t happen ill be the biggest idiot in town.

  • 479 Hannah Aug 6, 2010 at 4:25 pm

    Okay well, in my opinion, I don’t think a zombie apocalypse will ever happen, nor will the world end in 2012. For many, many, MANY years it has been said that the world will end. Ex., it has been said that in 2000, the world would end. It didn’t. Someone made up the myth of zombies and made movies/stories about it. I think this is all horse shit to scare us. Obviously, the ‘zombie apocalypse’ that everyone is talking about is not going to be the same kind of zombies from Dawn of the Dead, Left 4 Dead, Shaun of the Dead, Diary of the Dead, ect. So apparently, in 2012 there will be man-eating zombies. But it isn’t the same as the movies; there may be more survivors than zombies, because if there IS going to be a zombie apocalypse (which I doubt), we have all been notified ahead of time, so this may all be a piece of cake. Telling by all the comments from readers on sites such as Cracked.com, a lot of people seem to be ready. But, this is only my opinion.

  • 480 D.J.M. Aug 6, 2010 at 4:29 pm

    If this does happen it will probably be mutated rabies or something similar. The simplest form of the disease will be spread through blood and spit, and the symptoms will be hunger and extreme aggressiveness. Scary how simple the virus actually has to be, with only two changes( symptoms ) to the victim. If this does happen in this way, the best way to prepare is to get a durable and deadly weapon ( I prefer a machete and a metal bat ). Guns will be useful, but it’s best to get one that uses common ammunition and is light but strong enough for you to swing at zombies in case of an ammo shortage. When traveling stay away from anything and everything that a human could hide in, and travel with someone if your not so experienced at surviving in hostile territory. Sleep only in areas that are hard to get to, but only after checking and clearing the area and making all human entry impossible to any unarmed and unwanted visitors other than yourself and anyone with you. As for camo, ( clean and bandage any wounds for this )cover a jacket with infected blood and wear it, but only if zombies don’t eat each other then one is downed. If they do at times attack each other then this camo is suicide, so keep that in mind. Remember if anyone who has been injured while this is going on comes up to you, interrogate the crap out of them about the wound, and tell them you have healed zeds before and turned them human. This will help with acquiring the info you need, and if they have been attacked, kill them without hesitation. All people have to die sometime, and it’s better to help them die naturally that as a cannibalistic serial killer. Same goes for you if you get bitten, kill yourself, but take some zeds with you. Don’t ignore your bite like it didn’t happen, because it did. Think positively and keep yourself aware of everything around you. Heighten your senses and keep your F*CKIN MOUTH CLOSED. DON’T EVER YELL. I Can’t stress that enough. Yelling attracts attention and if one single F*CKIN drop of ANYTHING gets in your mouth, your dead! A million ways to die and someone goes because they opened their mouth. The reason I stress this so much is because everyone always seems to yell in the face of fear, which I never understood because when I feel fear, my jaws tighten, my lips seal, and I get ready to kill anything unfriendly. It’s best to acquire these reactions ( don’t ask me how ) If you are going to survive. If you can’t help but open your mouth, get a gas mask to protect yourself. I recommend getting a gas mask anyway in case the virus goes airborn, or if the attacking zeds can infect through breath or coughing, and also just to make sure nothing gets into your nostrils to infect you. Also don’t punch with bare hands, as punching can cut your hands on the zed, possibly infecting you. Also if your really desperate for survival and you get bitten on a hand or foot, immediately remove the infected limb. Yes the whole thing. It could save your life, but I don’t recommend it because even if you only remove a hand or foot and survive fully human, your ability to survive decreases and the wound causes you to be easier to infect. That’s all I got to contribute for now. Ask me anything about how to get out of a situation, I might be able to help.

  • 481 TheFrustrated Aug 8, 2010 at 3:45 pm

    It would actually be easier to go out into a thunder storm and try to dodge rain than to believe in a zombie apocalypse. As for the dreams, of course you’re going to be dreaming about zombies more often–especially as it makes its way into popular culture like it has been doing for a long time now. Why not VAMPIRES? Vampires are pretty big right now; what if somebody told you they believed that the world is going to be invaded by vampires in 2012? Your minds are simply reacting to trends in popular culture–consciously and unconsciously. If you think about zombies enough, you’ll dream about them. I play Resident Evil, Left 4 Dead, watch zombie flicks and what-not, so I happen to dream about zombies once in a while too. Basically, the more they appear in popular culture, the more people are going to think about them, thus causing more people to dream about them. I bet more people are dreaming about vampires now too. People are yet to post any evidence of a pending zombie invasion in 2012.

    Here is an excerpt from wikipedia: “A zombie is a creature that appears in books, films and popular culture. It is typically a reanimated corpse, or a human being who is being controlled by someone else by use of magic. Stories of zombies originated in the West African spiritual belief system of voodoo, which told of the people being controlled as laborers by a powerful wizard. Zombies became a popular device in modern horror fiction, largely because of the success of George A. Romero’s 1968 film Night of the Living Dead.”

    Even though it’s just wikipedia, that’s all that zombies are: a creature that appears in books, films and popular culture. Why would you waste your life on building a zombie shelter or making a zombie assault team? It’s as worth while as melting a dog turd on a frying pan.

  • 482 samwolf Aug 9, 2010 at 12:16 pm

    my 2 year old son keept drwainpictures of humans but with limbs missing and saying 2 circle 1 2 witch is scary now he is 9 and draws pictures and describes the and tell me that 2012 i should watch out.

  • 483 seeker Aug 15, 2010 at 12:37 pm

    Another couple of thoughts on the matter if I may: As far as the dreams go the Bible tells us (with other variations in other religions) that as the end time draws near that the young will dream dreams and the old will have visions of what is to come.
    By now most of us understand that it will be the end of the world as we know it not just the end of everything, but in doing some research I have come up with a hypothesis and would like to know what y’all think.
    What about the Annunaki?
    According to one translation we were created by them and then left here as a system in place for millenia; if they are coming back now what’s to say they didn’t program in an overide switch? A pulse/frequecy receptor that surpresses our humanity and leaves us in a hypnotic like state?
    For those of you that are doing the “WTF” I’ll sum up:
    The Enuma Elish is the Sumarian creation story. It was written down on thousands of clay tablets that were found and translated by numerous scholars and as always they can’t agree on the translations but it goes a little like this:(A warning now, I will be paraphrasing a whole lot. To get the play by play google the terms or names in this post; although I prefer the meta search engines like http://www.Dogpile.com)
    There is a planet that has a really whacked out elliptical orbit referred to as Nibiru/Wormwood/Pllanet X/Tiamat etc.. that only comes into our solar system every couple of thousand years or so and when it does whoo boy. (Some scientist blame the passage of that planet for the formation of the moon and the asteroid belt not to mention the “Ice Age”. Sorry the Ice Age thing always gives me a hoot; we are finding intact mammoth carcasses with the herbiage they were chewing still in their mouth in mid-chew. I know they were slow moving but come on! They and other carcasses that have been found were flash frozen ala Day After Tomorrow.)
    Sorry back on topic. Anyway the Annunaki were in system and came here looking for raw materials especially gold and platinum, and after finding it they set their laborers to digging it out but the workers didn’t much care for how hard it was so they went to one of the big-wigs named Enki and pled their case stating that there was an indigenous population in residence, and if they were given a little “push” up the evolutionary ladder then they would be able to do the grunt work while the Annunaki workers supervised the process. Enki agreed and performed genetic enhancements on the primative inhabitants.(This is why scientists are looking so desperately for the so-called “missing link” in the fossil record. They can’t explain how our brain size jumped 100+cc’s literally overnight)
    According to the Enuma Elish this went on for awhile while the new workers (called Adamu. funny huh? Adam being the first man and all and this text predating the Genesis story by thousands of years) went digging and amassing gold and other precious metals like happy little drones, until the planet of the Annunaki started to leave the system and they bailed out after promising to return. (Some believe that a few of the Annunaki stayed behind and founded Atlantis and Lemuria)
    Some of it truly makes sense when you think about it, especially the accumulationof wealth thing. As a race it seems as if we have an almost genetic need to gather wealth and most all of us feel an affinity towards gold and other precious metals. (racial memory perhaps?)
    But back to the hypothesis: So if the tablets are right and the scientists are correct that Nibiru is re-entering out system, what if they preprogramed in a subliminal overide that was keyed to a particular pulse or signal that would overide our egos and turn us back into the happy little drones that we once were? And what if all these years of evolution later some of us were not affected by the overide?
    Food for thought y’all.
    Seeker

  • 484 Chris Aug 17, 2010 at 10:36 am

    My little brother was born 14/3/2010 march 14th and he has had 3 different things

    1. dreams
    2. somehow scared of the dark but has never before
    3. his dreams most of the time come true

    1. he has had 3 dreams in the past year about him and 2 of his friends and their parents hanging out in a base of some kind, he says that in 1. he was being chased down a road by a horde of zombies 2. he was stabbing zombies with 2 kitchen knifes and 3. his friend gets bit and he bites my brother, its kind of scaring me as hes been babbling on about Zombies for a year now, since 2009 and now im kinda starting to believe him

    2. my brother has always been an adventurous one, but recently he has stayed in the light because recently he has become scared of the dark and being alone in the dark, he can sleep in the dark but it takes about 30 minutes for him to as he is to scared of noises and his surroundings which is unusual as he has never been scared of the dark in his life

    3. My brothers dreams usually come true, as once he dreamt that i would find a girlfriend (when he was 5) and i found one the next day, and this year he had a dream that i would find a tenner, and what do i find? a bloody tenner, it spooks me out, but he once changed his dream somehow, he dreamt that i would hit my head into a wall while walking in the house as i trip in his dream, but instead he said to sit in the front room and he will get me a drink, and that is the 3rd time hes done that, so maybe his dreams could alter or something?

  • 485 Mr.Lawbot Aug 31, 2010 at 7:25 pm

    Bah! There is no such damn thing! And If There Is So Help Me God! Lies! The world is full of liars -_-

  • 486 ZsubzeroheroZ Sep 8, 2010 at 5:53 am

    ahhh… happy face. a mass zombie attack. good times ahe? im not to sure bout all that 2012 stuff. but i feel sumthins gonna happen. sumthin real bad. considering im a zombie fan myself, and have a wierd fasination with the ”walking dead”. its fun to think about. a zombie is no more human then it already was. it deosnt reanimate with super human strenght. let alone hand eye cordination. a zombie wont run, jump, climb ladders,or swim. (all tho, there has been rare cases of ”floaters”)… take the intellegence of me.. or a 3rd grader, add 150+ pounds. a mean appatite and no sense for feelings or life. and u have a zombie. and no, this deosnt meen the fat kids u see at mcdonalds are zombies d: lets act our age here people(: but the body of a zombie is… human, the changes that do accure are in the brain. hollywood has juss put this fantastic picture over a zombies head… or wat they think is a zombie. its all for drama and ratings, but be realistic and think concrete. not abstract. *signs of n outbreak*
    knowing wat a zombie is, wont help inless u can detect whats going on BEFORE there knocking at ur front door looking for dinner a.k.a… YOUR FAMILY! lol
    well therd be homicides in wich ppl were executed by head or fatal chest shots. ppl will recognize n outbreak for what it is, and take matters into there own hands. these ppl will be declared as murderers and prosicuted as such.
    missing persons like out in the wild. pay attention if 1 or more of the search members go missing. if this is photographed or televised. watch for level of protection the search party has. (big guns, big problem)
    cases of violent insanity. wich persons have attacked friends or family. if coverd by media. follow the story and find out if any of them have ”mysteriously” died in the last couple days
    riots or civil disterbances without cause
    disease based deaths in wich causes are undetermind. deaths from infectious deseases are rare! specially in the industrialized world compared to a century ago. for this reason new outbreaks always make the news. if so PAY ATTENTION, AND FOLLOW THE STORY! be on the look out for cover ups such as ”west nile virus” or ”mad cow disease”… could be a cover up.
    the occurnece of a press black out is rare in the U.S. and should be considerd as a immediate red flag.
    IF ANY OF THESE DO ACCURE, NOTE THE RESPONCE OF LAW INFORCMENT AND GOVERNMENT AGENIES. if they act more forcefully, chances are… its n outbreak unfolding. a good friend of mine once told me
    ”when your mother is trying to scrape the grey matter out of ur head. shes no longer your mother” lol… wat a sense of humor ahe?
    anyways, stay awake, alart and ur steady aim ready. it only takes one shot d:
    u can find me on xbox live, my gamer tags ZsubzeroheroZ hit me up if u want. or juss email me, (in fear of being spammed) message me for it. thanks for reading and i hope this will help(:

  • 487 wtfomglol Sep 10, 2010 at 6:02 am

    I think there’s alot of people posting on this web-site who either haven’t been taking their medication or really need to be prescribed some. First off the date of 12-21-12 is only significant to the Mayans because it’s the end of their calender cycle and the start of a new one. This doesn’t signify the end of the world. Use you brains dummies. You’d think by now with all these end of the world predictions that haven’t happened that people would become a little wiser. Obviously, that isn’t the case. Secondly, I’d rather prepare for the day that my dick doesn’t work properly anymore than some zombie outbreak. Besides who’d really want to live past that anyways? Most of the good looking girls in the world wouldn’t survive. The ones who would make it will probably have too high of standards to sleep with any of you goobers anyway.

  • 488 Daniel Sep 14, 2010 at 2:40 am

    have you guys been to it starts with the flu.com?
    if not go there, and look for the hidden text and look up that verse.

  • 489 LrocK Sep 15, 2010 at 11:17 am

    I have to agree with pluskendall98 on this.Mainly because there are way way too many zombie movies out there no matter how cliche it is they keep being made…the games im not so sure about.For those that belive in GOD(I do) a zombie apocalypse may well be HELL on earth(just a thought though) as far as reanimating flesh is not impossible for the human race were continuously evolving getting smarter and stronger with tech rapidly getting better by the day so creating a zombie may be impossible right now but in the long run we really dont know a thing. (EXAMPLE: how would any person know if time travel exists in the future…unless they told you and you probably would not believe them and call’em crazy…).Sorry, back to subject.

    I’ve had more than a hand full of zombie related dreams some which felt way too real and for some reason when i do have those dreams i wake up with cold skin and sweating(weird HuH?).In my latest dream I was in cali(but I live in philly and not from cali or ever been) anyway I was in some big building a school or some sort I was alone no one around but thing is in my dream it seemed to be the aftermath of zombie attacks, everything was dried and dead zombie corpses everywhere and then as im getting attacked from behind out of nowhere I wake i;m really freaked.

    ALSO:IF A ZOMBIE OUT BREAK DID OCCUR GET THE FUCK OUT OF THE CITY ASAP(BUT 1ST FIND A WALL-MART THEY HAVE SHOT GUNS)BECAUSE THE GOVERNMENT WILL PROBABLY BOMB ALL MAJOR CITIES AND SURROUNDING AREAS AND PROBABLY QUARANTINE SURVIVERS…THERE ARE MESSAGES IN THE MOVIES…..

  • [...] 2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse Skills and Tools You’ll Need to Get Around Zombie Apocalypse Defender [...]

  • 491 Orange glint Sep 24, 2010 at 4:17 pm

    wow you guys really legitimately believe that a zombie apocalypse is on its way.

  • 492 gunsandammos Sep 28, 2010 at 11:16 pm

    Lol! These past few weeks! Including last night, I’ve had dreamt of the apocalypse soo many times! XD Every time I dream about it, I just go to new familiar places, and slay zombies there, with a help of a group! XD Same Group! =^_^= The funny thing is, it wasn’t like a dream! The feeling is like Reality! XD It was Sooo Cool!! XD But, I DO hope The Apocalypse would happen on 2012! =^_^=

  • 493 Georgia Oct 5, 2010 at 10:45 am

    Hey there, good site. I have this re-occuring dream, where it’s like tag, but a zombie style. Completley weird right? Well, basically… Me and a few friends, and lots of other random people would have to run away from one zombie, but that one zombie would be a person (tag sort of thing) and that one zombie would feed and then spread it around, you had to fight to stay alive, the last one alive wins ovbiously… It’s so strange… I haven’t had that dream in a while though, I only had it last year, about 3 times… Help! I also had another dream about me running around a building shooting them all… What’s wrong with me??

  • 494 Roo$ter J. Flywheel Oct 6, 2010 at 11:28 am

    I have been training for this day for quite some time. I have moved to kansas and made friends with lots of people with lots of guns, I even managed to get a few myself. If anyone on that day forth needs food, shelther, or protection I can help you. Your not in this alone.

  • 495 Michaela Hill Oct 7, 2010 at 12:31 pm

    Last night I had a dream it was all about the Zombie Apocalypse… It’s been happening for a while now and I’m so certain that it is going to happen. I dont know what to do. I already have my plans figured out, but everybody that doesn’t believe me thinks im crazy…. Anyways the dream… I was just hanging out wit friends and it was late at night we were walking home and we just find that people are screaming and crying begging for help and we see these people that look like they’re dead and they are eating the real life people. We run and hide and it spreads across the country. Everyone that was close to me died and in the end the whole world ended up being destroyed there was nobody left alive.. I woke up sweating and screaming… Is the Zombie Apocalypse really going to happen?

  • 496 Let’s Get Physical | trendcentral Oct 12, 2010 at 8:29 pm

    [...] to outwit a hypothetical night of the living dead. While we’re not entirely convinced of the Mayan prophecy, the functional fitness approach does sound like it could mold the kind of body usually found on [...]

  • 497 riley Oct 20, 2010 at 6:35 pm

    all this info comes together. my teacher at *** explained to us that zombies are real. he explained in great detail how they act, feed, look, fight, and everything. they dont breathe, they can go underwater. he also told us that when he was 17 to 18 (so like 1987-88) that he went on a mission to somewhere like south america and killed zombies. he described everything like it happened 3 min ago. idk. it just gets me thinking. did someone find anything about zombies or missionaries to kill? He also said that he had 23 confirmed kills haha. crazy

  • 498 Jeremiah Oct 28, 2010 at 10:39 am

    Hey guys/ and gals, I too have been having day dreams and a few night dreams of the zombie apocalypse. In my day dreams I was thinking of making my attic /crawl space a place to hide. When the sign s start to show like people running outside then, ill take the family up there, it will have some sort of generator, but with it being so loud, Cim thinking of using a solar panel type thing). For lighting, maybe even a little skillet type thing for cooking (camping gear). Maybe wait a full day then come downfrom the attick, first by myself, to look around, then ill venture to the nearest walmart for supplies, then the local pawn for more supllies. The day dreams are just short so I had added a few, mainly that is what I would do for my zombie outbreak.

    Also since I think that this is also a very unusual thing thing that everyone is beleiveing in more and more, then I think you need to make a seperate forum for like where will you be incase people venture of to find suvivors like me. Not percise locations, but a round about area of where you might be. Say like mall of america or something is where maybe everyone should meet at maybe a certain date or something.

    Even though I dont have a 5 in my birthday it is 9-13-1983 okay 13-1=5

    Even still this is very intiging I have heard of this virus but I did read about the virus in the author of the book of “World War Zombies” both are interesting enough. Email me back.

  • 499 Sarah. Dec 6, 2010 at 2:03 pm

    That might explain all these weird dreams I’ve been having. I’ve never really watched zombie movies. I never got into them because I wasn’t afraid of them. I started having these dreams like a year ago. I also had a dream of 2012 two years ago before we even knew of it. But my zombie dreams are of me running from the zombies and going across country. Just me running and fighting and trying to save as many people as possible. Maybe my dreams mean something. I only died in one of my dreams though. and no, I’m not lying. and no, I’m not weird. Geshh.

  • 500 TwilightDivide Dec 16, 2010 at 7:36 am

    it probably wont be an apocolypse but it might be an attack of paranoid and confusion leaving people to freak out and go crazy. creating the zombie like appearance.

  • 501 daniel Dec 18, 2010 at 7:30 pm

    2 more years till zombies woot

  • 502 Sarah101 Dec 19, 2010 at 5:18 pm

    I am glad I found this website for I have been searching for real accounts or proof that it may happen. I am not christian, but I believe that something will happen near soon. It’s ironic that a lot of the stories and dreams I’ve heard have happened in sequences none or the less and i’ve been doing some heavy research in this particular belief. Their are true possibilities that it may happen, but different of course from hollywood and video games. Right now scientists are implanting a type of worm in crickets and doing studies about how this worm controls the cricket in the aspect that the worm literally drives the crickets crazy and they start killing eachother while eventually killing themselves by jumping in the water. Not much else is known and i’m not sure on the top of my head what this parasite is called, but you have to wonder if this is a huge possibility. With the greed in this nation and the power of all nations, I believe that something like this could happen. Recently I have been feeling overwhelmed more than usual and my boyfriend and friends that I have our coming up with plans on how to protect ourselves in whatever scenario we can think of. From being at the bars to our own house. While my boyfriend never usually agrees with me on the spiritual aspect of things, I was surprised ot here both from my good friend and boyfriend that they both are huge believers of this. I trust my good friends instincts more than anything because he is well a very intellegent person so is my boyfriend. My father used to work for the airforce and worked on B52′s back in the 1980′s and told me some strange things, but he believes heavily that it will happen no doubt in his mind. What’s ironic is that a lot of what you would call “normal” individuals that I have good faith in also have blurted out about the possibilities. In fact we have been testing lighting up alcohol for a good defense in a ozmbie attack if we were at a bar. I have been noticing that during my practices of what I believe in, more and more so their is urgent information seeping out of my subconciousness. While I hardly dream of a zombie attack I had one which was so strong I woke up and was terrified for several hours before going back to sleep. One of my dreams involved me being alone but with two other survivors and we found shelter in a building but both were not healthy while I was. I dreamed that I had looked out the window and saw strange man in uniform walking down the street checking in buildings and looking through windows.I usually confront them at some point when they try and kill us but eventually we get away from them while they are throwing bombs at us. Whatever circumstances our out their i have no doubt in my mind to start arming ourselves and coming up with plans for the possibility of any attack. I also will mention that lately I have been a little more paranoid than usually especially when it’s really late at night and i’m outside smoking a ciggerette. I have been paying much attention to health care and scientists lately so please make sure to do that and take in a acountable of all circumstances that could lead up to this situation. For the creator of the website thank you for bringing us all together and I will keep yall up-to-date if I find any more information.

  • 503 code Jan 1, 2011 at 12:57 pm

    yo i thought the zombie thing was suppose 2 happen in 2015 not 2012 and 2012 is fake but i do believe in the zombie apocalypse lol i dont know why but i do lol so ya i heard it would happen in 2015 not 2012 2012 is the suppose end of the world not the zombie then zombie then is suppose to be in 2015

  • 504 Peter vanorman Jan 1, 2011 at 6:18 pm

    [...]Me and my friend have been researching this zombie apocalypse for a while now, it seems very likely to happen. Ever since I have been looking this stuff up I have been having these strange undead dreams[...]

  • 505 Higher Intent Jan 13, 2011 at 4:24 am

    First of all, great page. This site is very descriptive in explaining possibilities into how a “zombie apocalypse” could be portrayed in lieu of humanity. As for the 2012 scenario.. I’m not sure, but I’d like to be on the “prepared” end either way..

    #21 (2012) ~ “THIS IS STUIPED SHIT, ALL YOU ARE DOING IS FEEDING AMERICA WITH RIDICULOUS LIES(JUST LIKE DR.PHIL.) THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS A DAMN ZOMBIE AND IF THERE IS LET IT COME DOWN HERE IN THE WOODS OF KENTUCKY AND SEE WHAT THE HILLBILLYS DOWN HERE DO. WE WILL BLOW THAM DAMN THINGS AWAY LIKE WE ARE THE IRAQIANS.”

    Whats up with people like this anyways.. every comment I’ve seen thats been, “bashing” or “negative” has made the person who left it look really stupid. Everyone is entitled to their opinion and so far only constructive criticism is the way to go. Seriously.. Iraqians?

  • 506 2012 and the zombie apocalypse Jan 29, 2011 at 3:13 pm

    [...] on by zombies? Get out your tinfoil hats, guns and ammo. We're in for some interesting times. 2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse | Undead Report What say you? Reply With [...]

  • 507 nathniel Feb 2, 2011 at 1:36 pm

    pluskendall98 there was a news report on aints if they can do that with a aint they can prob do that with a human body i can give you some info about what happend its possible for zombie’s to happen on 2012

  • 508 Dan Feb 3, 2011 at 11:13 pm

    Ok people may think im crazy sometimes but i keep foreseeing a zombie apocalypse and i kinda have visions about it even when im not thinking about it. And if you saw me u might not belive im saying this, but i have a feeling that if a zombie apocalypse does happen i have a huge part in it because my mind keeps running scenarios about what i would do. But a part of me actually wants a zombie apocalypse to happen but idk why yet maybe because i need that action in my life but ill let you know if i find out.

  • 509 Jason Feb 9, 2011 at 3:31 pm

    Now with all respect to every one that wrote down there thoughts of what “might occur”. i really want to ask a most honest question to you..

    What makes the 2012 zombie apocolypse any different from, a meteor hitting, a flood destroyying, a war taking place or any of the other so called apocolyptic event taking place in the year 2012 ?… Now ive done my reaserch, along with the millions of people that have also done theres, and out of everything ive heard a zombie apocolypse sounds kinda funny to me. I mean im not against the idea, and in all honesty i think it sounds kinda cool comparing to every other phrophacy. but thinking about it the only reason why its so possible to some people is because you let your self believe that it is. Its obvious if there is scientifically even a chance, that people some where are taking some sort of measures that it nevers happens. 2012 is nothing more than just a year people fear and are lead on to fear.

    There are more honest things in this world to worry about and zombies, well until i hear about it on the news or see it on the streets im not to concerned about it…

    I love the idea though it really does bring a different prespective of other idaviduals thoughts by seeing all your comments and i dont attend to offened any persons that read my comment i just think that there some people that take things way outta proportion.

  • 510 Jason Feb 9, 2011 at 3:48 pm

    I also want to express this last thought, DO NOT pruchase survial kits from people advertising that theres a good chance of zombie apocolypse, there most likely just trying to take advantage of you instead be smart and save some money if your really worried go to the grocery store stock up on some canned foods , dont go buying half the store though. and just live you life, lets say you have canned beans and you feel like some eat the ones you bought you can always go back for more next time you go grocery shopping, dont supply for a year cause if there actully was an apocolypse (i find highly unlikely), would you really want to just stay home and lock your doors?? of course not your gettin the hell outta there.. and theres no way you can carry or fit in your car that many supplies. and another thing buy hunting gear its comes with a knife some with a compass and other basic things you need that are intended for the outdoors (great to have if you go camping buy the way) not specific for zombies but the biggest challenge would not to be how to avoid gettin eaten or w.e may occur, its how to stay feed, have something to drink, and to stay warm and comfortable. take a wilderness class and learn how to thrive in the world its also a great skill to aquire in day to day life….

    but these are my thoughts,

  • 511 medic boy Feb 15, 2011 at 6:39 am

    hey guys im new on this, and sam i love this article by the way. anyway im not saying that a Z.A.(zombie apocalypse) will happen but it is possible, why? thats cos i’ve been doing medical science now for some time and what i can say is this, living cells do come back to life theres a process and its involves with either a cell will become fully dead and let its own being become recycled or it comes back to life on a limited life span (this is actually related to gang green if any of you no what that is?). human cells mutate like everyday and mostly only the good mutations stay but some disadvantageous mutations do happen to become dominate in the body so yeah zombies can happen as there are some viruses that attack the brain cells and make them become more pain resistant and less intelligent.

    if any of you want to no some more just tell me and i’ll talk back. peace.

  • 512 demondog1022 Feb 16, 2011 at 1:31 am

    very interesting topic here, if i may add some of my input here. Theres a speculation on the 2012 phenomina that i haven’t seen on here that is very real. its states the the earths magnetosphere is suppose to shift meaning the north pole becomes the south pole and vise versa. during the shift the magnetosphere is suppose to be very weak allowing a very real technological problem should a solar flare hit the earth. if the solar flare hits the earth with the magnetoshpere in a weakened state it will eliminate and fry all technology as we know it.

    as for the z-day apocolypse, i think there is a very real chance the millitary will have a big part in this (not biased against the millitary, i accually just re-uped for another 4 years) trying to create a “super soldier” (a Captain America gone wrong senario) serum. theory behind: say angel dust and liquid courage on steroids for lack of better word, an inability to feel pain or fear, the ideal killer so to speak adverse affects could be extreme aggression and remission to primal insticts thus decribing a zombie. as for a heart shot not working maybe you missed or the bullet is in the heart still allowing it to pump for the time being.

  • 513 survivalmaster Feb 17, 2011 at 3:54 pm

    This Comment in directed towards PFC UNKNOWN…….
    This is off topic from the total zombie apocolyptic world but i hope you can reply and give me nothin less than your most honest answer. I am currently looking into joining the military for many different reasons as Infantry Solider and was wanting to hear your comments on the reality of what the military from basic trainning to graduating and becoming a private, really is. I have come to acknowlege that it is not the easyiest and that from what i have heard absolute hell, from people having phycotic break down i.e full grown men balling from just the emotional sickness of wanting to leave and go home. i am canadian and would be parctipating in the canadian military but i also realize from reaserch and talkin to american soliders that many of the same tactics are used for both armies being that are military is close to each other. im not asking for a complete assestment of the american army i would just like to know on a scale of 1-10 how tough is the army and for an honest opionon of what it takes to be the best…

    ALSO NOW ON THE TOPIC OF ZOMBIES AGAIN :P
    JOINING THE MILITARY GIVES YOU THE SKILLS NEEDED IN ORDER TO SURVIVE A ZOMBIE APOCOLAYPSE AND MAKES YOU ALOT TOUGHER PHYSICAL AND MENTAL.

  • 514 Ashley Feb 19, 2011 at 5:20 pm

    I think zombies are fake but I’m so in to it right now. I think the world will not end in Dec 21 2012 but it would be great to see zombies if they existed. This article is pretty good though..and what the fuck why where scientists messing with shit like that do they really want to end the world well we could repopulate if there where any survivors. I’m just saying I think zombies don’t exist I don’t mean to OFFEND anyone and in what they believe in.

  • 515 survivalmaster Feb 21, 2011 at 7:42 pm

    Has anyone else noticed really whats happening in the world around us, im not a 2012 nut but the world seems to really be gettin worse and alot of things that were supposably phrophacized are actully happening?? Seeing as this is a zombie website ill blog this about it…. Not in are current time but in the not so long future we (the world) are reaching over mass population limits, and eventully in our countries and in some cases its happening now! We are running outta food…

    Well…. think about this whats gonna happen when these reasources eventully run out……
    Now this isnt your conventual zombie, it isnt a virus or bug, its not a bacterial infection BUT!! it does effect your brain and body making people very VERY!!! unstable and phycotic..

    Hmm… any guesses???

    well ill give you a hint, Starvation.

    Is it real,,,Yes

    Willl it happen,,, Most Likely

    In our life time,,, Maybe

    Can we stop it,,, Yes

    Will we stop it ,,,Probally Not

    We as a an evolutionary species, still have basic survival instincts even though many of which have been lost with in our societies and communities.

    But if you havnt connected the dots yet ill give you another hint.

    Whats happens when certain species of monkeys cant find food and evetully get very very hungry..
    Cannibalization….

    With all the floods and earth quakes, wars and just plain disaterious events taking place in the world every thing is taking a hit not just the people….

    But.. ok i know some of you might say w.e shit aint gonna happen…..well do some reasearch look it up by 2050 if no major disaterous event takes place and kills huge portions of civilization then then world will have a population in or around 7 billion and then we would have to make supply in 40 years what the human race has provided for our selfs in the last 8000 years worth of food..

    Talk about the living dead eh!
    This is a threat much more likely and honestly should be more scary than a viral or parasitic virus makin us stupid and eat each other… Want to know why?? Cause human beings are not a stupid race.
    Imagin walking down the street you step on what you think to be just newspapers let alone if you even notice the garbage youll be stepping on. Then you feel something tug at your legs and BAMM!!!! your trapped!!.. Your arms will be free to fight but the rope or chain gripping and tightening your legs together will make mobility almost impossible to escape from the small crowd of people coming to rip pieces of your body off not caring much if your dead or alive to feel it… Why would they care, there eatin you anyways.

  • 516 survivalmaster Feb 21, 2011 at 8:08 pm

    It is a possibility in the world we live in but dont fear yet we live in some of the richest countries in the world. We have food and water to survive. This population spike isnt expected to hit here as hard as the more poor countries of the world. but eventuly if war dosnt reduce are population (which isnt any better ill explain why) than we will be effected to. I cant say what the human race should do i just dont know what we can but i do know we can do something.

    NOW!!!! Lets get on the subject of war… ohh the joy in talking about this!! Anyone ever here of

    World War 3

    First of all let us do some wishfull thinking… what could happen?? well population is a world problem right??
    what would be the best way of gettin rid of it? hmmm….

    Econmic ?? crush the value of the dollar and make them in debt.. no probally not to long term

    Physical?? bombs are great but that can hurt the earth and considering that every one wants to protect it and why would you want to send your own soliders its ww3 after all youll need them on a different ocasion it is the war to end all wars after all ..soo probally not right away if givin the choice.

    Enviromental?? Technology has been developed far enough that we can alter the world climte in certain ways to create various weather type i.e storms, droughts… Possiblility

    BUT THIS WOULD BE THE ZOMBIE APOCOLYPTIC NUTS DREAM!!!!!!!!!!!!

    BIOLOGICAL!!! As known it is possible to create a various type of diesease that effects humans giving them only basic survival intelegence (NOTE WHAT I SAID EARLYIER BECAUSE WE HAVNT USED ARE BASIC INTINCTS IN SO LONG WE HAVE LOSE TOUCH OF CERTAIN ONES THAT WOULD HELP KEEP US ALIVE IN THE WILD) refering to the brain parasite affected with cats if altered it would talk over humans and would take us over wanting to spread the disease and create mass panic through out the foriegn nations eventully in ending up in there submission . minimising contamination of food (plants, certain species of animals must not be infected) shrinking the population and preventing an absolute food crisis.. Consiering that the parasite cannot live out side the hosts body..

  • 517 jordin Mar 19, 2011 at 3:22 am

    omg im so glad im not crazy.. i found a website like this im 16 and im a good person ive watched the walkin dead series and i agree with what joseph said i was born on 12/21/94 and i have dreams about zombies and them being the end of the world i have a very strong opinion that this will be exactly what happens in 2012 please contact me with feedback

  • 518 MIke Mar 22, 2011 at 9:37 pm

    You know it does’t matter even a little if you belive any of this, (I do by the way) no matter what may happen in 2012, it’s never a bad idea to be ready for any stituation. Buy lots of guns and ammo and some good malee weapons. Then plan on a place to go with good water and food supplies and let the body count begin. The zombie apocalypse is coming!

  • 519 Stephanie Mar 25, 2011 at 4:34 pm

    I am terrified of zombies… I am totaly prepared though :D got my guns and my ammo have maps for the remote areas i plan on going to No mater what happens if you are out without a shower for days weeks or months and all itchy and smelly i would suggest getting lazer hair removal i got it done all over my body ^.^ even if nothing happens on 2012 its just nice to not have nasty hairy armpits, legs, bikini area…

  • 520 blake Mar 27, 2011 at 2:24 pm

    i’ve also been having more than usual “zombie” dreams. i mean i’ve always been facinated with them since from a young age, but i never had plentiful dreams of them. but in the recent months from about may 2010 until now i’ve been having undead dreams atleast 3 to 4 nights of of every week. its almost ominous.

  • 521 blake Mar 27, 2011 at 2:28 pm
  • 522 blake Mar 27, 2011 at 6:00 pm

    oh and one more thing, just some food for thought. i was reading up on another board and somebody was saying something about forced swine flu vaccinations in 2012…

    and if not everyone here knows, the government is planning to kill off billions of people, to the point of there only being 250,000 people left if i’m correct. if you don’t believe me google or wikipedia the georgia stonehenge or stonehedge. with everything that says on it, why would the government let it stand if they didn’t agree with it?

    so with that being said the forced vaccinations could possibly be a zombie infestation. and also various “companies” in the mid west have built full scale underground cities fully capable of functioning and living in with no contact to the world above. i saw that on a jesse venture conspiracy theories episode. look this up as well if you don’t believe me.

    all of these facts just don’t add up, if you know what i mean. any input on my theories? please converse with me.

  • 523 tyler Apr 3, 2011 at 1:28 am

    i have lots of re occuring zombie dreams every night and it scares me but i am experienced with them. in every dream i will always pick up what ever i see and whack them in the head. some of them werr really scary like the one where my dad drove me to a old gas station and left me there so i went in side and tere were some survivours and yes the zombies came and i died.:P alls i no is if zombies are real i am experienced and hope to survive:P

  • 524 blakethesurvivor Apr 16, 2011 at 12:14 pm

    oh, and the planet x, “nibiru” is real. its not going to crash into earth nor is it the size of the sun. it is mearly five times the size of the earth and is going to pass by at some millions of miles away. some say it is a brown dwarf sun, but its size is closer to a planet. it has sattelites but the controversy over its being a sun or a planet scrutinizes wether the sattelites are planets or moons, but they are the size of moons. and in a couple billion years our moon will no longer be with us. it moves away at a rate of maybe an inch a year. that will be gone before our sun gobbles us up. the actions of our moon leaving will be catastrophic but none of us have to worry about its ill effects. and if you don’t believe me about planet x or nibiru being real, go to google sky and search its coordinates…why would nasa block it out? think about it.

  • 525 James008 Apr 17, 2011 at 3:11 am

    I’m a Christian, but if zombies are one of the things that happensbefore the Second Coming…i’m not afraid. Tactical Shotgun, FN five-seven pistol, and a kitana or machete are what I need. Oh, and some kind of body armor.

  • 526 K Apr 18, 2011 at 12:07 pm

    honestly, all of this talk is scary!
    um i dont know what if this happeneds i dont think
    we should stress out about zombies…its impossible for the dead to come alive.
    now maybe a universal infection to kill yes. but not literal zombies like in the movies.
    and as far as 2012 that too is hard to just sa ok THE END, no i dont think so.

  • 527 lemonic.smiley@yahoo.com Apr 26, 2011 at 6:03 am

    wtf guyz u trust these dumb sh1ts? … only god knows what will be.and bible says at end of the world. jesus will come on earth. wtf u guyz think jesus is an infected meteorite or an zombie? rofl… anyway. how may looks Satan then? … so dumbsh1ts

  • 528 Clinton Vs. Zombies May 19, 2011 at 1:17 pm

    [...] Government is the most trustworthy resource anyway. Especially in the wake of the upcoming zombie breakout. Yes, that’s right. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention actually [...]

  • 529 ZombiesDon'tExsist May 26, 2011 at 11:34 am

    Talk Bollocks!

  • 530 JAY May 27, 2011 at 8:45 am

    CHECK OUT THE CDC SITE ( CENTER FOR DIESEASE CONTROL) ZOMBIES ARE IN IT. THEY HAVE CONSTRUCTED THERE OWN SURVIVAL STEPS AND POSTED IT ON THERE SITE,, WOW!!!

  • 531 Ellie May 28, 2011 at 11:33 pm

    I never really ever thought a zombieapocolipse could occur until my boyfriend started having continuous dreams in witch he’s trying to fight zombies. The first couple of dreams where doubting but he kept having more and more the next one more realistic than the last, and then the last one was the one that made me begin to ponder more in dept about the possibilities of zombies. I have done my own research and it is possible, scientist are really trying to reanimate cells. A part of me wants there to be zombies only because our reality is so bland, but if it happened i know that id be a bit scared, i cant really say I’d be ready for all of this if it were to occur, but i would be a bit disappointed if it didn’t. I mean really think about it. our lives consist of school and after that, working 8hrs a day till you hit 60.

  • 532 Ellie May 28, 2011 at 11:47 pm

    Then again would we want to sacrifice the safety of our family, and loved ones, for an adventurous, and thrilling life? Id love it if all of this could happen but, our families be safe. Most of us on this site as I’ve read actually want this to happen. but what if it does, and because of it, your parent(s), or your wife/husband, or sibling dies. If you are a parent what if its your child?

  • 533 Arkthompson May 29, 2011 at 12:48 pm

    true or not…many people don’t care about it but everyone else here should be prepared,not for zombies or any apocalyspe,being prepared is also good for our everyday life,self defense is one of my first example,if you cant defend your self today,how about the upcoming apocalypse or whatever?? hehehe xD \m/ keep rokin’ remember its better than nothing… xD

  • 534 jamie Jun 26, 2011 at 8:05 pm

    dont listen to everyone you never know when the zombies will come there ae so MANY WAYS THAT CAN make the dead living like nanobots they goverment tested them on dead people it made the alive and they controlled the dead to be the living but nun of these zombies have escaped

  • 535 j dub Jun 26, 2011 at 10:56 pm

    me and my boys always be talking about this shit what would be a good start if it was to happen like what should i do first?

  • 536 2012 Blog » 2012: Zombie Apocalypse? Jul 1, 2011 at 10:27 am

    [...] zombie news site (!) has posted an article relating 2012 to a “Zombie Apocalypse“. It seems that no matter what your favorite topic is, there is a way of connecting it to [...]

  • 537 kevin Aug 12, 2011 at 2:55 am

    well what i believe will happen is something very similar to what the article said about the rats carrying a disease that soon gets passed to cats and then to humans, like in the movie quarantine. i do not believe that people will become flesh eating monsters though. one thing that i have thought about is if the people become violent enough that they will kill you then using a weapon such as a gun would not be a bad idea. if the world does get over run then don’t worry about spending money on good weapons. stores that sell guns will be open to take from. not buy. take. im not saying steal. there is a difference in a situation like an apocalypse. my idea is that u take shelter in a place that is close to food and more weapons. this is going to sound weird but boarding up a store isn’t a horrible idea. plenty of food, drinks, and a bathroom. homedepot is a good store. plenty of weapons and if your lucky like me you will have a shoprite next door. thats just my idea. im sure people do have better ones though.

  • 538 kevin Aug 12, 2011 at 3:18 am

    if you are a religious person, then you might probably consider the fact that maybe something might happen like in the movie legion. i am not saying that steal winged angels and tattoos of some proficy will appear on someones arm will happen. Or like one baby is the key to bring back the life in the world. i believe that anything is possible personally. maybe what we all least expect or don’t expect at all will happen. you never know do you. if you have not seen the movie then watch it and you will see the things that i am trying to point out and the things that i know just wont happen. take the basic story tying to be told.

  • 539 BreathLessLove! Aug 14, 2011 at 8:34 am

    Hmmm I think about this a lot and I do have dreams about it! My dreams have been coming true to and I could feel what was happening to me in the dream…. Crazy as this is it could happen thets just say I don’t think il be ready but I could still survive!

  • 540 Corey Aug 24, 2011 at 7:56 pm

    Now About the dreams, I have never gotten a “zombie dream” but have constant dreams of violence, and just in general, bad shit.

    But my father on the other hand has had dreams that has always come true. My father predicted that my grandma was gonna die (I was 7), he also predicted that he had a brain tumor (age 9) and my parents divorce (age 13). but one thing he has always told me was that shit IS going to happen, the government will fall and we will have to fend for our selfs, hes always told me about a dream hes had sence he was my age, before i was even thoght of. I remember the frist time he told me about this dream, I was 8 after my grandma died, told me he had a dream that me, a girl, him and my little brother (who was not born yet) was trying to get out of a building into a van we stole. me and my father opened fire on the 4th floor while my little bro and the girl went in the back (dream stops)

    The scary part is that now I got a girlfriend that weve been dating for awhile now and boght a rifle with my dad. my dad told me everything is falling into place and its soon whatever it is, It might not be zombies, but its something to consider. something to have in the back of your head when shit gets real.

    also, when everything falls and zombies do attack. just remeber to SURVIVE! not to go out and kill every zombie out thare. your goa; is to live and crate a community after shit has slowed down. put everything into consideration and I hope this appeals to someone .

    P.S sorry for bad grammar and spelling

  • [...] 2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse [...]

  • [...] theory, which is perhaps the most outlandish I’ve researched, is the zombie apocalypse theory. This is a long and complex theory which makes plenty of assumptions, each one more absurd than the [...]

  • 543 Ashley Oct 2, 2011 at 7:19 am

    Sorry but after the second paragraph I skipped EVERYTHING. Comments and all. In the bible it states that NO ONE will know when the end of days is upon us. THERE WILL BE NO SIGNS. So… yeah…

    And let me clarify that I am in no way “religious” in today’s standards.. I have my very own version of Christianity and believe me, it is not as uptight and immoral as the standard Christianity is.

  • 544 Sid Oct 18, 2011 at 11:50 pm

    Its not too outlandish to think about, just as every other so called outlandish inventions mans come up with, now exists. per example flying, automobiles, genticly cloning, entering space, etc. I will state that hitler himself came up with the idea and started the cloning and flesh reanimating projects, which as of now weve gained that knowledge from, and there are major projects in europe and america on the flesh reanimation that are in the works as we speak, so the chances of a reanimating dead cells back to life is not too far fetched. I wouldnt be surprised if they are testing these things out already in the products / or medicines we use now. Lets just put it this way, what ever man can think of we will eventually create/ bring to reality.

  • 545 valarie Rife Oct 19, 2011 at 4:26 pm

    Im extremely terrified and kinda
    excited..
    I know you posted this like
    2 years ago. but I just found it. (:
    But, it does kinda make you wonder
    what the hell is wrong with our world..
    And because science has proven it, and because its set into realistic settings.. (Like the sugar plantation zombie workers in Costa Rico) its 100% believable..
    Thank you for posting this.!!
    But.!! What the hell do you think
    the government would
    do since they dont really give a fck
    about us anyway.?
    Thanks.!

  • 546 What? No End In Sight? « revelgardener Oct 21, 2011 at 10:59 pm

    [...] On a day like today, when I woke up with my stomach in my throat, my bed in a sea of quease, and my bowels grumbling, for a moment I considered wishing Harold Camping were right.  But, despite his promises, urges, calculations, and – when the world didn’t end in May as predicted – recalculations, today wore on with no signs of Armageddon approaching.  That is, unless, of course, you count all the signs that are cumulatively screaming that the end of the world as we know it is near.  Folks in the camp who say we are on the brink of TEOTWAKI, as it is known in those circles, point to the following as indicators the end is coming fast: growing political and social unrest, the end of cash currency, stark economic disparity, increased natural disasters such as earthquakes (the actual increase of earthquakes in particular is debatable, though), and the ever present threat of zombies (in Hollywood, and on Cracked.com anyway - but seriously this does appear on the list of sign of end times of at least some doomsdayer soothsayers*). [...]

  • 547 Alex Oct 24, 2011 at 1:28 pm

    OK, I do belive you, everyone in my family has had dreams, even me. I think everyone on here should talk about a escape plan, so if they do come, we know where we shall all meet, what we need, and where to go. We should all go to the CDC for protection, it is heavily guarded, make sure u have a gun, amo, and a pocket knife. If we all stick to the plan, we might be the only survivers left. Good luck to everyone out there. (ps) dont go to the churches, they will break in and eat you, get all the survivers you can, get them into a car, and go to a mall or the CDC.

  • 548 Alex Oct 24, 2011 at 1:49 pm

    Oh no, I just got back from more research, and everyone who has has a dream bout zombies has a 5 in there birth-day, even I do. Where dead meat, I repeat, DEAD MEAT! I wish the best to everyone during these darktimes =(

  • 549 Emil Nov 8, 2011 at 2:32 am

    Just to think of it, its been like a year when i watched this report but i need to ask this, when human dies, its brains shuts down, when you turn a zombie, does the brain usage rise to 100%, when normal human uses 10-20% of overall brain usage when you are alive… so could it be possible that when you/someone turns into a “brainless” zombie, it might be more powerful than you think? and just to think of it that zombies are more though than human because they dont feel any pain even if you cut their leg/hand off, they still walk/crawl towards you…. normal human might go to hysteria mode and fall to shock or coma state and die to bleeding in less than 3 minutes without any medical help

  • 550 Emil Nov 8, 2011 at 2:43 am

    And just like pluskendall98, viruses occur more often than volcano eruptions/earthquakes, it might be possible that some governments make biological weapons in the future that makes people go crazy and cause chaos in the country, we don’t know but i think it’s highly possible that Zombie Apocalypse might knock on our door in 2012…

  • 551 Kyle Nov 14, 2011 at 8:05 am

    The first people that will exhibit Zombie like behavior is the Deomcrats and the Republicans whom for various reasons are turning us into a police-state controlling our every move and habit which already the UK has lost a lot of freedom and none are the wiser.

    There you have to have a license to have a TV in your house or the government will bother you until you do.

  • 552 Jose Nov 24, 2011 at 3:12 pm

    phew…… Last night I had a vision of the zombie invasion here’s my theory in 2012 all of our spirits are going to incarnate into the flesh evil spirits and good spirits to those who have evil spirits are vulnerable to the zombie invasions as to the ones with good spirits they will be lifted up off the ground so the zombies wont hurt them I believe the ones who are lifted off the ground have a chance at repopulating the planet I also believe that Antarctica would be a safe place with Little or no zombies so 2012 is an ascension of the spirit to the flesh but the ones who have no spirit will evolve into a mindless zombie with a killing frenzy but those who are god like will escape its still not to late to become as a god, because in my dream Im Floating in the air and the zombies cant touch me I seen the people devouring each others tongues going on a rampage throughout the city Its going to happen to the majority of poor people the enlightened ones know the truth and are therefore prepared they have all there spiritual gifts and are suppressing them from the public so they can achieve there goal Population control we are gods we have hidden manna nows the time to seek it those who find it will fly away to the next civilization in my other dreams the ice in Antarctica melts and a new city is there it is a city frozen in time for a so long it this is the city of kings where everyone who survives should go but its impossible without the ability to fly

  • 553 Jason Dec 6, 2011 at 11:58 pm

    You have an innovative writing style. I specifically enjoyed the description of the deadly disease which can potentially mutate into a zombie virus.

    Your depiction of a zombie apocalypse is rather interesting since there are signs pointing to a dark event. Is it possible that The Thing movie scenario is already present on Earth?

    We don’t know for a fact what is buried below thick sheets of ice or what diseases are trapped in the Amazon. There are very few people that can survive a 1918 influenza strain.

    Nonetheless, your zombie article is clever. Your writing style is awesome. keep up the good work! Thanks.

  • 554 jackie Jan 1, 2012 at 3:48 pm

    http://www.nasa.gov/topics/earth/features/2012.html

    IMPORTANT PLEASE READ. TRUE FACTS ON DEC, 2012

  • 555 Paul Jan 1, 2012 at 6:35 pm

    When this disease spreads and it begins to takes an effect such as destroys a entire city ,i’m sure the military will step in and take care of this problem. If today’s military is capable of killing many armed, live, human being, I think they are more then capable of destroying some brainless zombies.

  • 556 Y.Tsai Jan 11, 2012 at 5:15 pm

    2007? Impressive. I like what you did here and I support you. If we have an epidemic I’ll post signs saying “Told ya so”.

  • 557 Justanotherguy Jan 12, 2012 at 8:38 am

    As a former member of said military force, i dont have as much faith as you do in the capacity they posess to destroy something that must have a well placed headshot in order to stop. Military forces are trained to hit center mass aka in the middle of the chest, therefore it is highly likely that many people will die before they are able to effectively stop targets from engaging them, and therefore creating a liability for everyone who relies on them for support, resulting in a massive casualty problem from the military… then following is the strong desire to aid anyone who needs medical attention, and you have a recipe for the disaster of the military… just saying, dont count on the military for too much on Z-Day

  • 559 airmax trainers Nov 9, 2012 at 8:32 am

    Why viewers still make use of to read news papers when in
    this technological globe the whole thing is available on net?

  • 560 Gabriel Nov 11, 2012 at 1:48 pm

    You guys had dreams a couple of years ago, yes? Well. I had two really weird dreams.
    The first dream:
    I woke up in a hospital. There was dead bodies and blood all over the place. I knew I had to get out of there. I heard screaming and shrieking so I ran out to the toilets and hid myself there. Then I saw this zombie lady. She ate her child in front of me. Dream ended.
    Dream two:
    I saw on the news that a lot of people was attacked by people on “bath salts” and the reporter got attacked too. my dad wasn’t home. I took a white bandana on, sunglasses, a cape/cloak and a huge bat with me. Then I walked towards the city I live near to.

    the second dream was so real! And most scary part was: I found all the pieces of that “outfit”. The bandana. The Sunglasses. The Cloak. EVERYTHING!
    And I have never thought of that outfit before!

    So what I simply do now is training my body physically and mentally. I do not know what will happen this year. But I ain’t gotta be sitting around rolling thumbs like everybody else when this world turns shit!

    Day Z is drawing near. Be prepared.

  • 561 Alfred Nov 14, 2012 at 10:44 am

    There is one thing that bothers me in this story. But first let me say what I agree on. So, an infection that “zombify” people is entirely plausible. Some of the examples that you provided are not exactly accurate, because parasites are highly selective regarding the host. Nonetheless, let us call the parasite the “X virus”. If the X virus is able to spread like the influenza virus and shuts down the frontal lobe and other important parts of the “rational brain”, than we would have infected people operating on the basic needs and most probably with a very aggressive behaviour. Will they be flesh eaters? I would say not per se. They will be agressive and with no ethics; thus, if you are the only source of proteins around, you are eligeble for supper. On this scenario, I think we all can agree on. What I strongly disagree is mixing this scientific thoughts with the Mayan escathological bulshit. You can be either a scientific mind, or a beliver mind. Combining these two ways of thinking retrieves an argument with no credit. Nice site though.

  • 562 cody Nov 23, 2012 at 4:09 pm

    Is this stuff real im not playing around

  • 563 Zombie Hunter Sam Nov 27, 2012 at 4:33 pm

    I wrote this article 5 years ago. It’s certainly been popular! Honestly, I thought I’d be more prepared for this than I currently am.

  • 564 randy Nov 30, 2012 at 7:11 pm

    idk if this is real but in my mind i beleave it true somethings going on in this world . i work offshore on a oilfield platform . idk what to do becuze im going to be at work on dec 21, 2012 i can help my family so im praying this is not going to happend…

  • 565 mark anzaldua Dec 10, 2012 at 9:58 am

    IDK I think its kinda real im ready to im full packed and ready to kill those undead basters and hi im new.

  • [...] back in 2007 this website was created to report on zombies and entertain the possibility of a zombie apocalypse in 2012. That time is well nigh at [...]

  • 567 David Mason Dec 17, 2012 at 2:03 pm

    I will kill all the zombies that come at me. I will have the ray gun packed, and mustang and sally.

  • 568 Alex Mason Dec 18, 2012 at 1:44 pm

    I will assist my father in the killing of these beasts. But i WIll Use the HAMR only. WIth Grenades, lots and lots of Grenades. We will run in circles and make them follow us then drop Grenades.

  • 569 Jay Bob Dec 18, 2012 at 10:53 pm

    Ok guys. This is it. Get your families. Get your swords. get your guns. And wall up. the best way to slow down the massive death toll that is to come. is to put one in its head, dismember, and burn it. make lines outside your door. by lines i mean line up. circle. and stand fast. Dont break the line unless u want everyone to die. This works. even inexperienced fighters with melee weapons in a line with a man next to them to help will excel and learn the art of slaying zombies. hammers. to the skull are very efficient, but the best tool would be a katana or an axe. Make for the ocean. Even if all the food on land dries up. The ocean wont. Go house to house. Barricade up to rest in shifts. everyone be friends to everyone who isnt dead. No mercy. Sorry. But no mercy for the dead. The best way to survive is working together.

  • 570 Scb Dec 21, 2012 at 12:17 am

    LOL i love how it reset to another year xDD so real…

  • [...] 2012 and the Zombie Apocalypse [...]

  • 572 Kyle Dec 24, 2012 at 7:36 pm

    Annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnd NOTHING! Nothing at all new age crackpots! Enjoy you’re free healthcare unless you’re over 65!

    Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha aha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha haha hahahahahahahahhahahah.

    (Boy that feels good)

    Psssssssssssssssst
    Actually you don’t need 2012 to know there is a world conspiracy going on in both political parties.

  • 573 Kyle Dec 24, 2012 at 7:37 pm

    I think the Mayans or whoever the fuck they are ran out of payper on that date or got killed in an invasion.

    Sorry but it’s not the end of the world though that doesn’t mean a Zombie attack won’t happen just that the prophecy is wrong.

    Free will will always screw up prophecies so don’t buy into anything related to prophecies……..IF THEY PREDICT AN EXACT DATE!

  • 574 Kyle Dec 24, 2012 at 7:38 pm

    Now run along kiddies and be good to you’re Liberal teachers.

Leave a Comment